Group 5 - Electrical System

5
STRUCTURE
LF45/55 series
TECHNICAL DATA
DIAGNOSTICS
COMPONENTS
WIRING REPAIR
BATTERIES
4
5
200440
CONNECTION OF ACCESSORIES
READING DIAGRAMS
LOCATION OF COMPONENTS
LOCATION OF CONNECTORS
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
10
CHANGES IN THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
11
DW23259502
ssss
TECHNICAL DATA
LF45/55 series
Contents
CONTENTS
Page
1.
Date
COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 . . . . 200440

1.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 . . . . 200440
1.2 Tightening torques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3 . . . . 200440
200440
TECHNICAL DATA
Contents
5
LF45/55 series
200440
TECHNICAL DATA
LF45/55 series
Components
1. COMPONENTS
1.1 GENERAL
BULBS
Dipped beam light
Main beam light
Parking light
Rear light
Rear fog light
Reversing light
Stop light
Direction indicator lamp
Front fog light
Front spot lights
Interior lighting
Bunk lamp
Stepwell lighting
Marker light
70 W
70 W
5W
10 W
21 W
21 W
21 W
21 W
70 W
70 W
10 - 21 W
21 W
5W
5W
Max. current and wire diameter (mm2)
Wire diameter
Up to 2 m
2-4m
4-8m
0.5
1.5
0.5
1.5
22.5
13.5
7.5
2.0
30
17
10
2.5
37.5
22.5
12.5
10
3.0
47
27
16
13
60
36
20
16
4.5
69
43
24
19
90
54
30
24
7.5
114
73
40
33
10
150
90
50
40
16
240
144
80
64
25
375
225
125
100
35
525
315
175
140
50
750
450
250
200
70
1050
630
350
280
95
1425
855
475
380
120
1800
1080
600
480
200440
From 8 m
1-1
TECHNICAL DATA
Components
LF45/55 series
Alternator
NCB1
Max. current
Rated voltage
80 A
28 V
NCB2
Max. current
Rated voltage
100 A
28 V
Battery
Voltage
Max. capacity
12 V
128 Ah
Optional:
Voltage
Max. capacity
12 V
170 Ah
Mini relay (20 A)

Resistance value of coil
approx. 250
Measured between points 1 and 2
3
5
3
E501287
Relay (50 A)
Resistance value of coil
approx. 175
Measured between points 1 and 2
3
4
1
3
E501288
CDS hand-held transmitters

Battery type (2x)
CR1620, 3 V
1-2
200440
TECHNICAL DATA
LF45/55 series
Components
1.2 TIGHTENING TORQUES

Alternator
Drive pulley
B+ connection
80 Nm 5 Nm
15 Nm
Earth connection
Chassis
35 10 Nm
200440
1-3
TECHNICAL DATA
Components
5
LF45/55 series
1-4
200440
DIAGNOSTICS
LF45/55 series
Contents
CONTENTS
Page
Date
1.
BATTERIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 . . . . 200440

1.1 Fault-finding table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 . . . . 200440
1.2 Service life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 . . . . 200440
2.
ALTERNATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 . . . . 200440

2.1 Fault-finding table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 . . . . 200440
3.
FAULT FINDING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.1 Short circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2 Open circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.3 Earthing problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
200440
3-1
3-2
3-3
3-4
....
....
....
....
200440
200440
200440
200440
DIAGNOSTICS
Contents
5
LF45/55 series
200440
DIAGNOSTICS
LF45/55 series
Batteries
1. BATTERIES
1.1 FAULT-FINDING TABLE
SYMPTOM: NEW BATTERY HEATS UP CONSIDERABLY DURING FILLING
Possible cause
Inadequate formation because of storage in
unsuitable or damp conditions over a long period
Remedy
Allow to cool
Charge fully
Check the relative density
SYMPTOM: BATTERY OVERFLOWS, BATTERY ACID SPILLS FROM PLUG HOLES

Possible cause
Remedy
Battery overfilled
Siphon off some of the fluid
Overcharging
Check charging voltage

Check/repair charging circuit
SYMPTOM: ACID LEVEL TOO LOW
Possible cause
Remedy
Leaking battery
Replace the battery
Excessive gas development due to charging

current being set too high
Check charging voltage

SYMPTOM: RELATIVE DENSITY TOO LOW (<1.240)

STARTING TROUBLE
Possible cause
Remedy
Power consumer left on by mistake
Charge the battery
Insufficient charging
Check alternator drive

SYMPTOM: RELATIVE DENSITY TOO HIGH (>1.290)
Possible cause
Topped up with battery acid instead of distilled
water
200440
Remedy
Siphon off some of the fluid and top up with
distilled water
If necessary, repeat this after mixing (charging)
1-1
DIAGNOSTICS
Batteries
LF45/55 series
SYMPTOM: STARTING TROUBLE
POOR STARTING TEST RESULT
POWER FAILS UNDER LOAD
Possible cause
Remedy
Discharged battery
Charge the battery
Worn battery (plates corroded and worn away)
Replace the battery
Defective battery (dead cell)
Replace the battery
Battery sulphated (plates have hardened)
Replace the battery
SYMPTOM: BURNT-IN BATTERY TERMINALS

Possible cause
Remedy
Cable clamps not securely fitted or poor contact
Have the battery terminals repaired, fit the cable

clamps properly and replace the cable clamps if
necessary
SYMPTOM: 1 OR 2 CELLS BUBBLE EXCESSIVELY UNDER HIGH LOAD

(STARTING OR STARTING TEST)
Possible cause
Remedy
Defective cells
Replace the battery
Leaking cell partition
Replace the battery
SYMPTOM: BATTERY DISCHARGES VERY FAST (DOES NOT RETAIN POWER)

Possible cause
Remedy
Insufficient charging
Check the charging. Is the charging time (driving

time) sufficient?
Short circuit in charging circuit
Check the charging circuit
Major self discharging, for example due to

contamination
Clean the battery
Battery sulphated (on examining the plates, they

are found to be hard and, in some cases,
whitened)
Replace the battery
1-2
200440
DIAGNOSTICS
LF45/55 series
Batteries
SYMPTOM: SHORT BATTERY LIFE
Possible cause
Remedy
Wrong type of battery chosen (for example if the

vehicle has a tail lift)
Replace with battery of a higher capacity

(170 Ah)
Often too deeply discharged
Intermediate charging with rectifier
Not recharged after deep discharge

(white deposits)
Always charge the battery after deep discharge
Alternator capacity too low
Use alternator with higher capacity (100 A)
SYMPTOM: THE BATTERY HEATS UP DURING USE AND CONSUMES A LOT OF FLUID
Possible cause
Overloading, or charging voltage too high
Remedy
Check the charging circuit (voltage regulator)
SYMPTOM: BATTERY HAS EXPLODED

Possible cause
Remedy
Fire or sparks during or just after charging
Ensure good ventilation and exercise due

caution as regards fire and sparks
Short circuit between the battery terminals
Exercise caution when storing conductive

material (for example, tools)
Internal defect (loose connection)
Replace the battery
SYMPTOM: DEFECTIVE ALTERNATOR AND/OR DIODES (RADIO AND OTHER

POLARITY SENSITIVE EQUIPMENT NOT WORKING)
Possible cause
Reversed battery polarity, or incorrect charging
Remedy
Discharge the battery and charge in the correct
direction
Replace the battery and/or alternator if
necessary
SYMPTOM: BATTERY HAS NO VOLTAGE

Possible cause
Remedy
Internal open circuit
Replace the battery
Battery very deeply discharged
Charge the battery and test it; replace if

necessary
200440
1-3
DIAGNOSTICS
Batteries
5
LF45/55 series
1.2 SERVICE LIFE
The service life of a battery is significantly

shortened if it used cyclically.
This means that the batteries are used a lot
without their being charged.
For example when using a tail lift, cab heater,
microwave oven or cooler box.
This is why batteries in commercial vehicles and
vehicles used for international transport often fail
prematurely (within 1.5 years).
The battery must be charged whenever the
voltage measured across one battery falls below
12.5 V. If the battery is not charged, the
sulphating process will begin.
This is a chemical reaction in the battery that
produces lead sulphate. Lead sulphate adheres
to the battery plates and can cause
short-circuiting between the plates, reducing the
capacity of the battery.
However, most lead sulphate breaks down when
the battery is recharged.
If a battery is used (discharged) while it is not
being charged by the alternator, short-circuiting
between the battery plates will occur sooner.
This reduces the capacity and consequently the
service life of the battery.
1-4
200440
DIAGNOSTICS
LF45/55 series
Alternator
2. ALTERNATOR
2.1 FAULT-FINDING TABLE
SYMPTOM: ALTERNATOR NOT PRODUCING POWER WHEN IDLING
Possible cause
Remedy
Open circuit in connection 15 on alternator
Repair connection 15
Connection 15 on alternator short-circuited to

earth
Repair connection 15
Internal defect
Replace regulator
SYMPTOM: ALTERNATOR WARNING (YELLOW)
Possible cause
Remedy
Open circuit in S connection
Measure the regulated alternator voltage with as

many consumers as possible switched on and
with the engine turning above idling speed
Open circuit in L connection
Check/repair wiring
Open circuit in connection 15
Increase the engine speed to approx. 1500 rpm.

If voltage is now present, check connection 15
on the alternator
Voltage difference between B+ and

S connections is greater than 2.5 V
Check all contacts between alternator and B+

(contact resistors)
Internal battery resistance too high
Voltage too low < 16 V
Check alternator drive.

Check wiring on contact resistors
SYMPTOM: ALTERNATOR VOLTAGE HIGH (RED)
Possible cause
Remedy
Voltage too high > 31 V
Measure voltage
Internal defect
Replace regulator/alternator
200440
2-1
DIAGNOSTICS
Alternator
5
LF45/55 series
2-2
200440
DIAGNOSTICS
LF45/55 series
Fault finding
3. FAULT FINDING
The following test equipment and tools can be
used to trace faults.
1.
The best instrument for this is a digital

multimeter. This instrument can be used to
measure voltages, currents and resistances
without reading errors and it can be used to
trace virtually any faults.
2.
The Multimeter function of DAVIE XD can

be used to carry out all the measurements
that can be made with an ordinary, separate
multimeter.
3.
Many, but not all, faults are easily traced by

means of warning lamps. Failures caused
by poor earthing cannot normally be
detected by a warning lamp or buzzer.
The most frequently occurring faults are:

a. short circuit
b. open circuits
c. earthing problems (poor earthing due to
corrosion).
200440
3-1
DIAGNOSTICS
Fault finding
5
LF45/55 series
3.1 SHORT CIRCUITS
A short circuit is caused by a positive wire

shorting somewhere to earth. This can generate
a very high current. In most cases this will cause
a fuse to blow.
To remedy this failure, use a test lamp of
approximately 70 W. First check the diagram to
see which consumers are connected to the fuse
in question and then switch them all off.
Remove the fuse and connect the test lamp in
its place. Now switch each of the consumers on
and off one by one. If the lamp comes on very
brightly when a consumer is switched on, the
fault is almost certainly in the wiring of that
consumer. Now check the diagram to see via
which connectors the consumer is connected.
Now disconnect the first wiring connection (as
seen from the fuse).
If the lamp is still bright, the fault is between the
fuse and this wiring connection.
W 5 03 013
If, however, the lamp goes out, the fault is

somewhere further on in the wiring.
Now reconnect the connectors and disconnect
the next wiring connection. If the lamp is still
bright, the failure is between these two wiring
connections.
However, if the lamp goes out again, the
fault-finding procedure must be continued.
The faulty wiring section can be found in this
way.
3-2
200440
5
LF45/55 series
DIAGNOSTICS
Fault finding
3.2 OPEN CIRCUIT

Suppose a consumer is not functioning. The
fault may be in the consumer itself, or there may
be an open circuit in the wiring.
First switch on the consumer. Then check the
consumer for voltage using a test lamp. If no
voltage is found, first check whether the fuse is
still intact.
If there is voltage at the fuse, check the wiring
from the fuse to the consumer. This means
every wiring connection must be checked.
Stop at the first wiring connection that has no
voltage. The open circuit will be between this
connection and the previous one.
However, if there was a voltage at the consumer,
there may still be an open circuit in the negative
(earth) wiring. Check this using a test lamp.
Ensure that the relevant circuit is switched on.
Connect one end of the test lamp to earth and
the other end to the earth connection of the
component to be checked.
If the test lamp comes on, the earth connection
of the component is interrupted. If the test lamp
does not light up, the earth connection will in
many cases be in good condition.
If both the positive and negative connections
are in good order, the consumer in question
must be replaced.
200440
W 5 03 015
W 5 03 016
3-3
DIAGNOSTICS
Fault finding
5
LF45/55 series
3.3 EARTHING PROBLEMS
Earthing problems are mainly caused by

corrosion between the contact surfaces of
electrical connections.
Earthing problems can only be detected using a
multimeter (preferably digital). A digital tester is
preferable because usually only a few volts will
be measured and an analogue meter is
generally not precise enough for this purpose.
To find out whether a specific earthing point has
a good earth connection, use a voltmeter to
measure the voltage between the negative
battery pole and this earthing point.
Switch on as many consumers as possible.
If there is a correct earth connection, no voltage
should be found.
In practice, however, a loss of approx. 0.5 volts
will often be measured.
If the reading is higher, the earth connection
must be checked carefully.
In this way, the earth connections of all
consumers can be checked and measured.
W 5 03 014
3-4
200440
COMPONENTS
LF45/55 series
Contents
CONTENTS
Page
Date
1.
GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.1 Multimeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.2 Scopemeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.3 Signal measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-1
1-1
1-2
1-2
....
....
....
....
200440
200440
200440
200440
2.
DESCRIPTION OF COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.1 Inductive sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.2 Vehicle speed sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.3 Temperature sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.4 Pressure sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.5 Alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.6 Windscreen heating relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-1
2-1
2-2
2-3
2-4
2-4
2-6
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
200440
200440
200440
200440
200440
200440
200440
3.
DIAGNOSTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 . . . . 200440

3.1 Diagnostics in electrical systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 . . . . 200440
200440
COMPONENTS
Contents
5
LF45/55 series
200440
COMPONENTS
LF45/55 series
General
1. GENERAL
1.1 MULTIMETER
The Fluke 87 multimeter allows you to select
various measuring options:
Units of measurement
The multimeter should be set to the range for
the unit of measurement required.
For example, the voltage, current or resistance
range.
The units of measurement are indicated by
symbols on the meter. The following symbols
are used.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
DC voltage
AC voltage
DC current
AC current
resistance
duty cycle
frequency
2
1
DCV - V
ACV - V
DCA - A
ACA -A
Ohm -
Hz
W 5 01 004
200440
1-1
COMPONENTS
General
LF45/55 series
1.2 SCOPEMETER
Diagnostics in modern electronic systems is
steadily becoming more complex.
Using a multimeter on its own is not always
sufficient to diagnose a fault.
The scopemeter allows complex signals to be
measured.
Practical examples of complex signals are:

PWM signals
deformation of signals
CAN-bus signals
1.3 SIGNAL MEASUREMENTS

Sine-wave signal (AC voltage)
This signal regularly changes polarity with
respect to the 0 line
+
0
-
Frequency
The frequency is shown in Hertz (Hz).
The number of complete sines per second is the
frequency of the signal (3 Hz in the diagram).
t = 1 second
0
-
Voltage
If the number of sines per second increases, not
just the frequency increases but also the
voltage. This depends on the type of sensor.
0
W 5 01 002
1-2
200440
COMPONENTS
LF45/55 series
General
Measuring a sine-wave signal

The sine-wave signal can be measured in the
following ways using a multimeter:
with the multimeter in the frequency
(Hz) position.
In this way, the number of complete sines
per second is measured.
-
multimeter in the AC voltage position.

In this way, the average value of the
supplied voltage is measured.
Sine-wave signals in the vehicle

Wheel speed sensor output signal
Engine speed sensor output signal.
Square-wave signal
Square-wave signals are signals with only two
voltage levels, both of which have the same
duration in principle (t1 is equal to t2).
t1
+
0
If the duration is different for the two levels (t1 is
not equal to t2), the signal is also called pulse
train.
t2
t1
0
Duty cycle
The duty cycle is the ratio between the two
voltage levels, expressed as a percentage.
A
B
t2
A
x 100%
The voltage level ratio of a pulse train may

change (for example, when the vehicle speed
increases).
Voltage
If the duty cycle increases, the average voltage
will also increase.
200440
W 5 01 001
1-3
COMPONENTS
General
5
LF45/55 series
Measuring a square-wave signal

The square-wave signal can be measured in the
following ways using a multimeter:
with the multimeter in the duty cycle
(%) position.
In this way, the voltage level ratio is
measured.
-
multimeter in the DC voltage position.

In this way, the average value of the
supplied voltage is measured.
Square-wave signals in the vehicle

Output signal of the vehicle speed sensor
Vehicle speed signal from tachograph to
electronic units
1-4
200440
5
LF45/55 series
COMPONENTS
Description of components
2. DESCRIPTION OF COMPONENTS
2.1 INDUCTIVE SENSOR
The vehicle has a number of inductive sensors,
such as:
wheel speed sensor
engine speed sensor
camshaft sensor
Registering engine speed

The engine speed is registered via the
crankshaft position sensor.
The crankshaft position sensor output signal is a
sine-wave signal with a frequency
corresponding to the number of holes in the
pulse disc and the crankshaft rotation frequency.
In the engine management electronic unit, the
signal is converted into a message, which is
sent via the CAN network. The VIC sends this
message to the DIP, which then activates the rev
counter.
Engine speed sensor operating principle
The inductive sensor consists of a permanent
magnet (1), a core (2) and a coil (3).
When the inductive sensor is situated between
two teeth, the lines of force of the magnetic field
will run directly from the north pole to the south
pole via the housing.
The moment a tooth approaches the inductive
sensor, the lines of force of the magnetic field
will run from the north pole to the south pole via
the housing, the teeth of the toothed wheel and
the core.
As more lines of force are now running through
the core, a more powerful magnetic field is
obtained.
As a result of this change in the magnetic field,
an AC voltage is generated in the coil.
The value of the AC voltage generated depends
on the speed of rotation of the toothed wheel
and the air gap between sensor (core) and
tooth.
200440
1
2
3
i400442
N
S
2
3
W 5 01 005
2-1
COMPONENTS
LF45/55 series
2.2 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
The vehicle speed sensor has two connections

for output signals. The real-time speed signal,
triggered by a Hall IC, is sent via the first
connection,
Via the other connection, a data signal
(bi-directional signal) is sent, which involves an
exchange of data between the MTCO and the
speed sensor. The MTCO requests data from
the sensor.
The sensor sends the coded data to the MTCO
in sequence, and the MTCO checks the
accuracy of this data.
The coded signal consists of the following data:
-
1. +
2. 3.
4.
serial number of the sensor

Master key (the same as that of the MTCO)
coded speed signal
E501055
In the MTCO, the coded speed signal is

compared with the real-time speed signal.
The MTCO sends commands and data to the
sensor at 10-second intervals.
Duty cycle speed signal
The speed signal sent via the vehicle speed
sensor to the MTCO is processed by the MTCO
and sent as a message via the CAN network.
The speed signal is also converted into a
duty cycle signal. This duty cycle signal is used
by the electronic units that do not receive the
speed signal message via the CAN network.
%
44
22
The diagram alongside shows the linear

characteristic of the duty cycle (%) in relation to
the vehicle speed (V).
This graph applies to all vehicle models.
Inspection
The duty cycle signal (square-wave voltage) can
be checked with a multimeter that is set to the
DC voltage or duty cycle range or with a
scopemeter.
2-2
50
100
V(km/h)
E501057
200440
5
LF45/55 series
COMPONENTS
2.3 TEMPERATURE SENSORS

The vehicle has a number of temperature
sensors, such as:
coolant temperature sensor
inlet air temperature sensor
fuel temperature sensor
ambient air temperature sensor
These sensors are temperature-sensitive
resistors.
The resistance of these sensors changes
considerably with rises or drops in temperature.
There are two types of temperature sensor:

NTC resistor (Negative
Temperature Coefficient)
PTC resistor (Positive
Temperature Coefficient).
NTC resistor
In an NTC resistor, the resistance value reduces
as the temperature rises.
Application:
measuring coolant temperature.
W 5 01 010
PTC resistor
In a PTC resistor, the resistance value increases
as the temperature rises.
In the PTC resistor, in contrast to the
NTC resistor, there will be a great change in
resistance within a small temperature range.
Application:
measuring air temperature when cab heater
is on.
Inspection
The temperature sensors can be checked using
a multimeter that is set to the resistance range.
W 5 01 011
200440
2-3
COMPONENTS
LF45/55 series
2.4 PRESSURE SENSORS

The vehicle has a number of pressure sensors,
such as:
pressure sensor to register the bellows
pressure in ECAS.
pressure sensor on the air supply unit for
pressure gauges in the DIP-4.
There is a diaphragm made of semiconducting

material (silicon) in the pressure sensor.
When pressure is applied to the diaphragm, it
will be deflected.
Deflection of the diaphragm leads to a change in
the resistance of the semiconducting material.
The diaphragm is part of what is known as a
bridge circuit.
Deflection of the diaphragm unbalances the
bridge circuit, which changes the output signal.
The output voltage is in direct proportion to the
pressure applied (deflection of the diaphragm).
W 5 01 012
Inspection
The output voltage can be checked using a
multimeter set to the DC voltage range.
2.5 ALTERNATOR
The compact alternator is a lightweight
alternator with two internal cooling fans. The
electronic controller also controls pre-excitation
of the alternator. The function of the exciter
diodes has also been taken over by the
controller. The alternator generates high
currents in the lower speed range.
S
sens connection of the regulator
15
power supply after contact
L
connection to VIC
The alternator has two B+ connections that are
connected to each other internally. B+1 is
connected to the batteries and the B+2
connection is connected to the S connection
on the regulator. B-- (earth) is connected to the
alternator housing.
2-4
E501373
200440
5
LF45/55 series
COMPONENTS
Connection 15
When the contact has been turned on, power is
supplied to the alternator via connection 15,
pin 3 (1010). The regulator uses this power to
activate pre-excitation (self-energising). If there
is an open circuit in this connection, the
alternator will not produce any power until it
reaches a speed of about 5000 rpm. This
corresponds to an engine speed of approx.
1500 rpm. The alternator will energise itself
when it reaches this speed.
Sens connection
The sens connection, pin 4, can be used to
compensate for voltage losses in B+.
There are voltage differences between the
alternator and the battery.
Voltage regulation can be improved if these
voltage variations can be controlled.
This function is, however, not used. The
sens connection is connected directly to B+2
and therefore no voltage differences are
measured.
L connection
The L connection, pin 2, is connected to the VIC
electronic unit.
This connection is used to activate a fault
message in the main display via the VIC, if
necessary.
2
L
15
E501129
L voltage high: no fault

L voltage low: fault
The following faults can be detected via the
L-connection:
voltage too low (< 16 V)
open circuit in connection 15 (1010)
open circuit in S connection - open circuit
in L connection
These faults are indicated by the yellow
Alternator fault warning.
Too high a voltage (red warning) can be
recognised by too high a voltage (>31 V) on the
VIC electronic unit.
200440
2-5
COMPONENTS
LF45/55 series
2.6 WINDSCREEN HEATING RELAY

The windscreen heating relay (2) is a time relay
with a duration of 12 minutes. The relay is
activated by the mirror heating switch (1). This
activates the timer (4) in the relay. The timer in
its turn activates the internal relay (5), thus
supplying the windscreen heating system (3)
with power.
+24V
87
30
1
85
4
86
E501512
A.
B.
C.
After 12 minutes the timer automatically

switches off the internal relay, although the
switch continues to be operated.
If the switch is turned off before the 12
minutes have passed, the relay is still
switched on for 12 minutes.
If the switch is turned on and off twice in
succession within the twelve minutes, the
timer will turn off the relay.
30
t
85
t >12mn
t <12mn
87
t =12mn
t =12mn
t <12mn
E501513
2-6
200440
5
LF45/55 series
COMPONENTS
Diagnostics
3. DIAGNOSTICS
3.1 DIAGNOSTICS IN ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
For diagnosis, DAVIE XD is used.
This tool has a two-channel scope and a
multimeter function.
DAVIE XD is also used to read data from
electronic systems. When a fault arises, it offers
the option of selecting a guided diagnosis that
goes through a series of measurement steps to
help locate the cause of the problem.
Refer to the user manual for an extensive

description of the operation and possibilities of
DAVIE XD.
200440
3-1
COMPONENTS
Diagnostics
5
LF45/55 series
3-2
200440
WIRING REPAIR
LF45/55 series
Contents
CONTENTS
Page
Date
1.
GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.1 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.2 Contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.3 Contact kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-1
1-1
1-1
1-2
....
....
....
....
200440
200440
200440
200440
2.
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.1 Removal and installation, connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.2 Removal and installation, contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.3 Fitting contacts to electrical wires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.4 Fitting a SCAT seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.5 Fitting an electrical buffer connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.6 Removal and installation, earth wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.7 Repairing CAN network wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-1 . . . .
2-1 . . . .
2-2 . . . .
2-9 . . . .
2-16 . . .
2-17 . . .
2-19 . . .
2-20 . . .
200440
200440
200440
200440
200440
200440
200440
200440
200440
WIRING REPAIR
Contents
5
LF45/55 series
200440
WIRING REPAIR
LF45/55 series
General
1. GENERAL
The increasing application of electronics in
vehicles means a much broader range of
connectors, contacts and wiring is being used.
Be sure to pay special attention to this during
repairs, so as to avoid unnecessary faults.
1.1 CONNECTOR
A connector is a removable connection between
two or more electrical wires or components. The
female contacts are on one side and the male
contacts on the other side. This way they can be
connected and disconnected.
The connector should protect the contacts
against unwanted electrical connections and
external influences. It also ensures the proper
connection of the applicable contacts.
1.2 CONTACT
A connector has one or more contacts. These
contacts are available in various sizes and
models.
However, they all have the same design:
The mating part (1) enables the electrical
connection between the contacts.
The contact press part (2) is the electrical
connection between the stripped part of the wire
and the contact.
The relief part (or pull relief) (3) relieves the
contact press part from mechanical wear. The
insulation relief is placed over the insulating
sheath and/or the SCAT.
E501479
With contacts, three dimensions are important:

the diameter (1) of the wire to be connected, the
size of the contact press part (2), which is linked
to the wire diameter, and the size of the mating
part (3).
E501504
200440
1-1
WIRING REPAIR
General
LF45/55 series
1.3 CONTACT KITS

Contact kit A
Contact kit A (DAF no. 0694960) is available for
the contacts, except SCAT contacts and
micro-timer contacts.
There is a sticker on the inside of the box to
facilitate selection of the contact, contact
crimping tool and ejector tool.
At the top the DAF no. of the contact is shown.

Roman numerals I and II, shown below the
illustrations, refer to the contact crimping tool to
be used.
The numeral or letter added to Roman numeral I
or II indicates the hole in the contact crimping
tool in which the contact is to be placed.
Roman numerals III to VII refer to the type of
ejector tool to be used for removing the contact
from the connector.
The information at the bottom refers to the core
section suitable for the contact.
W 5 03 018
1-2
200440
5
LF45/55 series
WIRING REPAIR
General
Contact kit B
Additional contact crimping and ejector tools are
required for SCAT contacts and for
micro-timer contacts. Contact kit B
(DAF no. 1240065) is available for this purpose.
There is a sticker on the inside of the box to
facilitate selection of the contact, contact
crimping tool and ejector tool (to be used in the
same way as for contact kit A).
Note:
The proper ejector tool and the proper contact
crimping tool for each contact can also be found
through Parts Rapido.
200440
1-3
WIRING REPAIR
General
5
LF45/55 series
1-4
200440
5
LF45/55 series
WIRING REPAIR
Removal and installation
2. REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

2.1 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION, CONNECTORS
Unlocking the connectors
The connectors can often be locked with one
another or with a component. They can be
divided into:
A. active locking.
This means that the lock must be activated.
With this type a lock must often be
pressed.
B. passive locking.
Opens when the parts are pulled apart with
a certain force.
3
E501480
Two connectors in one housing

These connectors consist of two separate
connectors. To remove the contacts first remove
the connectors from the connector housing.
Push the locking lip aside before removal.
The connector can then be slid out of the
connector housing.
For example:
connector for VIC electronic unit
E501484
200440
2-1
WIRING REPAIR
LF45/55 series
2.2 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION, CONTACTS

Contact lock
There are various types of contact locks. A few
examples are given below. When a lock is
applied, individually for each contact, this is
called a primary lock. An extra general lock for
several contacts in a connector is a secondary
lock.
E501481
Primary contact lock

To keep an individual contact in the connector in
place, a contact is often furnished with one or
more locking bolts. This is a primary lock. These
locking bolts should never be damaged, with a
view to pressing and ejecting the contacts.
Secondary contact lock
This type of lock is normally used on 2 and
3-row connectors.
For connectors (1) with a locking lip (2) first
remove the lip before removing the contacts.
This is a secondary lock. The locking lip is on
the side of the connector and can usually be
recognised from a colour that is different from
the colour of the connector.
The lip is removed entirely. Now the contacts
can be removed using the proper ejector tool by
unlocking the primary lock.
2
E501483
Examples:
cab connectors
electronic unit connectors
2-2
200440
5
LF45/55 series
WIRING REPAIR
The contacts may also be locked secondarily by

the lower part of the connector. After tilting this
lower part, the contacts can be removed by
unlocking the primary lock using the proper
ejector tool.
This type of lock is used only on 2-row
connectors.
For example:
MTCO connector
E501497
A different type of secondary lock consists of

two sliding parts of the connector.
The upper half (on the wire insert side) and the
lower half form the extra contact lock.
To unlock this secondary contact lock the upper
half of the connector must be pushed away
slightly in the direction of the arrows on the
connector housing.
The contacts can then be removed from the
connector using the proper ejector tool.
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
15 14 13 12 11 10 9
15 14 13 12 11 10 9
E500475
After any installation of wires with contacts, the

connector must be pressed into the lock again. If
this is not done it will not fit into the counterpart.
Application examples:
connector for CDS electronic unit
connector for ECAS-2/3 electronic unit
connector for UPEC electronic unit
200440
2-3
WIRING REPAIR
LF45/55 series
Ejecting contacts
For repair or extension of the wiring a contact
may have to be replaced or added. Using
special ejector tools a contact can be removed
from the connector without being damaged.
For the proper ejector tools, see Parts Rapido.
1.
Push the wire with contact forwards (1). The

locking bolt (2) is now free from the
connector (3).
2.
Push the proper ejector tool (4) into the

front of the connector. This will push the
locking bolt (2) down.
3.
The contact can now be removed by gently

pulling the wire.
3
2
Note:
If the wire is pulled before the ejector tool
pushes the locking bolt down, the contact will
only be fixed in the connector even more.
E501482
2-4
200440
WIRING REPAIR
LF45/55 series
Contacts are also used in which the locking

bolt (2) is on the rear of the connector (3).
1.
Pull the wire and contact backwards (1).

The locking bolt (2) is now free from the
connector (3).
2.
Push the proper ejector tool (4) into the

back of the connector. This will push the
locking bolt (2) up.
3.
The contact can now be removed by gently

pushing the wire forwards.
Note:
Here the locking bolt works exactly the opposite
to the usual connectors.
Application examples:
EMAS pressure sensor connector
accelerator sensor connector for CF series /
XF series
For each contact a specific ejector tool is
required.
The proper ejector tool for each contact can be
found through Parts Rapido.
E501696
Locking an MQS (Micro Quadlock

System) contact
Before the contact can be removed, the lock
must be unlocked with a needle-shaped object.
1.
First press the lock at the end of the

connector (1). At the same time gently pull
the wire (2) until resistance is felt.
2.
Then press the second lock (3) and again

gently pull the wire (2).
3.
The contact can now be removed from the

connector.
Note:
This type of contact is locked twice and must
therefore be unlocked twice.
Application example:
connector for VIC electronic unit
200440
E501486
2-5
WIRING REPAIR
LF45/55 series
Removing contacts from the Bosch 89-pin

connector
To remove a contact from this connector
proceed as follows:
1.
Fold the protective cover around the wiring

harness down by pushing the lock
outwards.
2.
Now push the two outer halves of the

protective cover outwards and then
upwards. The protective cover can now be
removed.
3.
The pink secondary contact lock (1) must

be slid to the centre of the connector to
enable the contacts to be removed.
4.
The contacts can now be removed using

the proper ejection tool.
E501485
Note:
The larger contacts are locked with four locking
bolts. The smaller contacts are locked with two
locking bolts.
Always unlock the locks when adding contacts!
Fitting the Bosch 89-pin connector
When refitting the protective cover, ensure that
the siphon and slide are both in the unlocked
position.
If they are not, the connector, when fitted, will
not be locked correctly on the electronic unit. As
a result, the contact between the connector and
the electronic unit may be bad.
Application example:
connector for ECS-DC3 electronic unit
E501498
2-6
200440
WIRING REPAIR
LF45/55 series
Removing 39-pin connector contacts

1. Loosen union G.
2.
Push pressure ring H and seal K back

slightly over the wiring.
3.
Then eject the contacts from connector

housing F using a special ejector tool from
contact kit A or B.
Fitting 39-pin connector contacts

1. Fit union G, pressure ring H over the wiring.
2.
Fit new contacts to the wires using the

correct tool.
3.
Insert the wires and contacts through

seal K.
4.
Press the contacts to their definitive

positions in connector housing F.
5.
Press seal K against connector housing F.
6.
Position pressure ring H so that the two

ridges on the side of connector housing F
fall into the pressure ring recesses.
7.
Tighten union G by hand.
Note:
Pressure ring H has contact numbers (their
purpose is to enable the contacts to be
positioned correctly). These contact
numbers must be in the same position as
the contact numbers on the connector
housing.
When an incorrectly positioned wire is
removed the seal will leak. If a new wire is
not inserted a sealing plug should be fitted.
200440
E500477
2-7
WIRING REPAIR
Removing contacts from 39-pin connector
counterpart
1. Loosen end union nut A and tapered
coupling nut B and push these as far as
possible back over the insulation pipe.
2.
Push pressure ring H and seal K as far as

possible back over the wiring harness.
3.
Push union E back over the wiring harness.
4.
Carefully remove the sealing ring (2).
5.
Carefully loosen the locking lugs (3) in

connector housing F.
6.
Remove centring sleeve D from connector

housing C.
7.
Then eject the contacts from connector

housing C using a special ejector tool from
contact kit A or B.
Fitting contacts in 39-pin connector

counterpart
1. Push end union nut A and tapered coupling
nut B as far as possible back over the
insulation pipe.
2.
LF45/55 series
Fit the centring sleeve (D) in connector

housing C so that all openings are
positioned opposite one another.
3.
Check that all locking lugs (3) are

positioned in the lock openings (1).
4.
Insert the wires without contacts through

pressure ring H and seal K.
5.
Fit new contacts to the wires using the

correct tool.
6.
Feed the cable harness through tapered

coupling nut B.
7.
Press seal K against connector housing C.
8.
Position pressure ring H so that the two

ridges on the side of connector housing C
fall into the pressure ring recesses.
9.
Press the connector pins into their correct

positions in connector housing C.
10. Fit sealing ring (2) around centring sleeve D

and press it until the stop of connector
housing C.
E500478
2-8
200440
WIRING REPAIR
LF45/55 series
Note:
When carrying out the last two steps it is
important not to twist the cable harness as
this can lead to serious damage (wire
breakage).
Tighten the respective union nuts by hand.
Do not use tools (pliers) to do this.
11. Screw tapered coupling nut B onto
connector housing C.
12. Screw end union nut A (with insulation pipe)
onto tapered coupling nut B.
2.3 FITTING CONTACTS TO ELECTRICAL WIRES

The increasing application of electronics in
vehicles means a much broader range of
connectors, contacts and wiring is being used.
The result of this is that more attention has to be
paid to making and repairing connections.
The following criteria should be taken into
account:
1.
Wires with a reduced insulation thickness,

with retention of the mechanical properties,
for use with core sections from 0.5 to
2.5 mm2.
2.
Wires with a normal insulation thickness, for

use with core sections from 4 to 120 mm2.
3.
Wires for various temperature ranges:

T1: from --40_C to +70_C (in cab and
chassis) and
T2: from --40_C to +100_C (in engine
compartment and gearbox)
Note:
In view of the mechanical strength required, the
minimum permissible core section is 1 mm2,
with the exception of cab wiring. At certain
points this may be 0.5 mm2.
To ensure the reliability of systems and
connections, the following points should be
observed when repairs or extensions are made
to the wiring:
200440
2-9
WIRING REPAIR
A.
Always choose the following:

the correct type of contact
the correct wire diameter for the
contact used
the correct type of contact material
(tin-plated, silver-plated or gold-plated)
B.
Use the right tool for the job. Wire ends are
always clamped to a contact. Special
crimping tools have been developed for this
purpose.
5
LF45/55 series
Note:
Connections will only be reliable if these
crimping tools are used and the contact is fitted
in the correct hole.
C. Strip the correct length of wire. Always use
stripping pliers.
The rule of thumb is:
strip length = crimp-sleeve length + 1 mm.
Make sure that the core is not damaged
during stripping or problems may occur after
some time.
Note:
A good connection will only be obtained if points
A, B and C are complied with. This implies that
both the copper core and the insulation are
firmly clamped in place.
Crimping wire to a contact
Choose the right crimping tool and place the
contact in the correct hole.
Note:
The proper crimping tool for each contact can be
found through Parts Rapido.
The contact may never be in a twisted, slanting
or slid position (X) in the press clamp opening.
E501500
2-10
200440
WIRING REPAIR
LF45/55 series
1.
Place the wire in the contact.
2.
The stripped wire part, the copper

conductor, must be in the contact press
part (1).
The wire insulation must be in the relief
part (2).
3.
Check again whether the wire is in the

correct position in the contacts (1 and 2)
and press the contact press parts (3 and 4)
together.
4.

1
Do not interrupt the contact pressure before

the tool is completely compressed in the
end position. Only then is full contact
pressure reached and the tool can be
opened.
3
E501502
200440
2-11
WIRING REPAIR
S = material thickness
x = cracking
1A.
1B.
2A.
2B.
3A and B
2-12
There is a risk that copper

conductors could stick out, which
would adversely affect the fixed
position of the other copper
conductors. This may result in a
short circuit and loose contact.
The contact may crack and the
copper conductors may not be
sufficiently fixed in the contact.
Copper conductors are not
sufficiently fixed in the contact.
The wire will come loose of the
contact.
The contact will be damaged. The
contact may crack after some
time and the wire will then come
loose from the contact.
The contact will be damaged and
the copper conductors are not
fully fixed in the contact. The wire
may come loose. The height of
any bulge on the contact may not
exceed the material thickness of
the contact. The width of this
bulge may not exceed half the
material thickness.
Hmax=S
Copper connection
1A. Wire diameter too large
1B. Wire diameter too small
2A. Crimp height too great (hole in crimping tool
too large)
2B. Crimp height too small (hole in crimping tool
too small)
3A. Asymmetric crimping
3B. Asymmetric crimping
4. Proper contact crimping
LF45/55 series
X
Bmax=1/2S
4
E501494
200440
WIRING REPAIR
LF45/55 series
Insulation connection
Different types of crimping are allowed:
1. normal crimping: the two sides of the relief
part fully engage the insulation.
2. double crimping: two wires are clamped in
one contact.
3. overlap crimping: the two sides of the relief
part engage one another slightly.
4. double overlap crimping: two wires are
clamped in one contact, the two sides of the
relief part engaging one another slightly.
A.
B.
If the insulation connection is correct, the

wire is clamped in the relief part with the
correct pressure and the insulation is not
broken.
If the contact pressure is too high the

insulation could break, possibly causing a
short circuit.
This may for instance be caused by:
using the wrong crimping tool
using an improper hole in the crimping
tool (too small)
a defect in the crimping tool delaying
the interruption of the contact pressure.
C. If the contact pressure is not sufficient the

insulation may not be clamped and the wire
may come loose. This will interrupt the
electrical connection but may also result in
a short circuit.
This may for instance be caused by:
using the wrong crimping tool
using an improper hole in the crimping
tool (too big)
interrupting the contact pressure
prematurely.
200440
2-13
WIRING REPAIR
LF45/55 series
A
4
E501511
1.
2.
3.
4.
Normal crimping
Double crimping
Overlap crimping
Double overlap crimping
With double crimping the thinnest wire is
always at the bottom.
A. Proper insulation connection

B. The insulation is broken
C. The insulation is not secured
A connection can be checked by gently pulling

the wire after the contact is placed in the
connector. The lock of the locking bolt in the
connector should then be felt.
E501501
2-14
200440
WIRING REPAIR
LF45/55 series
Examples of wire-contact connections
A. Wire not sufficiently slid forwards.
The wire is not sufficiently slid forwards to
ensure a proper current transfer and pull
relief.
B.
Stripped part of the wire too short.

The stripped part of the wire is too short to
ensure a proper current transfer whereas a
part of the insulation is clamped underneath
the contact press part.
C. Wire too far backwards.

If the stripped part of the wire is too long
and the wire is placed correctly relative to
the contact press part, the pull relief will
cover too little of the wire.
D. Wire too far forwards.
If the stripped part of the wire is too long
and the wire is placed correctly relative to
the pull relief, the copper conductors at the
front will stick out too far past the contact
press part.
E.
F.
Copper conductors not clamped.

Copper conductors not clamped may cause
a short circuit to other wires nearby.
This is a correct connection.
3
D
F
1
2
E501499
200440
2-15
WIRING REPAIR
LF45/55 series
2.4 FITTING A SCAT SEAL

SCATs are used in places where wires are
exposed to heavy conditions (environment or
application of the vehicle), with the risk of water
entering the connector.
The SCAT seal, which is made of silicone,
prevents corrosion inside the connector and
keeps the seal properties intact in the event of
temperature changes.
The SCAT seal is pressed around the wire with

the relief part of the contact.
The SCATs are available in various colours and
sizes.
1.
Select the right SCAT for the wire, contact

and connector.
2.
Slide the SCAT onto an unstripped wire (A).
3.
Slide the SCAT far enough onto the wire

and strip the wire to the proper length (B).
4.
Slide the SCAT back to the tip of the

stripped wire so that the copper just sticks
out of the SCAT (C).
5.
Place the contact in the proper manner (D)

around the SCAT (2) and the stripped
wire (1).
6.
Now crimp the contact around the SCAT

and the wire using the proper crimping tool.
E501503
2-16
200440
WIRING REPAIR
LF45/55 series
2.5 FITTING AN ELECTRICAL BUFFER CONNECTION

A buffer connection is made when at least two
wire ends must be connected to one another.
This may be required because of a wire repair or
if a wire is to be added to a connection.
Note:
When adding a new wire to an existing wire,
both wires must be of the same thickness.
If part of the existing wire is to be removed, try
to make sure that the wire number can still
easily be found on the wire.
The contact crimping part (1) is the electrical

connection to the stripped wire part. The central
stop (2) is a limiter, preventing the wire to be
connected from being inserted too far. The
insulation is a crimp insulating sleeve with glue
layer (3), which, after heating by a blow drier, will
offer protection against unwanted electrical
contact and corrosion.
There are three different buffer connectors
available: red, blue and yellow. Depending on
the wire thicknesses to be connected (and
possibly the number of wires to be connected) a
specific colour must be used.
- red
diameter 0.25 - 0.75 mm2
- blue
diameter 1.0 - 2.5 mm2
- yellow diameter 4.0 - 6.0 mm2
3
E501489
Connecting more than two wires to

one another is not recommended.
The glue layer of the crimping
insulation is not sufficient to seal all
resulting gaps. So this is certainly
not permitted outside the cab.
It is very important to carry out contact crimping
in the correct way to prevent electrical faults. For
cold fusion a contact crimping tool is required.
This tool creates a cold fusion between wire and
buffer connector.
E501491
200440
2-17
WIRING REPAIR
5
LF45/55 series
Fitting the contact crimp connector

1. Select the right buffer connector for the
wires to be connected.
Note:
If three wires of the same diameter have to
be connected after all, choose a buffer
connector that is the same diameter as two
of the wires. The single wire on the other
side must be stripped to double length and
folded double.
The same applies when a wire is used on
one side that is twice the diameter of the
other.
2.
Strip the wire to a length of 4 to 5 mm.

Note:
The stripped wire tip may not be twisted.
3.
Choose the proper contact crimping tool on

the basis of the buffer connector and wire
diameter, and check the holes to be used.
4.
Place the buffer connector in the hole of the

tool and clamp it gently so the buffer
connector will remain in the hole.
5.
Slide the stripped wire ends into the side of

the buffer connector that is engaged by the
contact crimping tool.
E501490
Note:
The insulation of the wire may not be slid
into the contact part of the buffer connector.
E501492
2-18
200440
WIRING REPAIR
LF45/55 series
6.
Compress the contact crimping tool: Do not

interrupt the contact crimping before the tool
is completely compressed to the end
position. Only then is full contact crimping
achieved and the tool is opened.
7.
Repeat this for the other ends of the buffer

connector.
8.
Check the contact crimping for damage and

pull the wires to ensure they are properly
fixed.
Note:
Improper contact crimping means a bad
connection, which may cause failures.
E501493
Avoid breathing in the vapours

produced when heating the
crimping insulation.
9.
Heat the crimping insulation to fix it properly

to the wire insulation. Ensure that the
insulation does not get burnt. If the
insulation gets burnt it will become brittle
and easily break or crack.
2.6 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION, EARTH WIRE

When a failure occurs in an electrical system,
one of the first things to be checked is the earth
connection, with particular attention being paid
to earth connection on the chassis.
Points for special attention when checking
earth connection on chassis
If an earth connection has been removed and is
being re-installed, pay attention to the following:
the bolt, nut, earth strip and washers must
be cleaned (e.g. using a steel brush or sand
paper). If a component is corroded, it must
be replaced by a new one.
clean all dirt and paint from the area around
the engine/chassis earth connection on both
sides of the chassis member so that the
bare metal is visible.
E501495
200440
2-19
WIRING REPAIR
-
LF45/55 series
clean all dirt and paint from the area around

the battery/chassis earth connection on the
inside of the chassis member so that the
bare metal is visible.
on the earth strip side, the cleaned area
must be larger than the contact area of the
earth strip.
on the nut side, the cleaned area must be
larger than the contact surface of the nut.
after fitting the earth connection, a
protective zinc primer should be applied to
both sides of it and it should be painted.
2.7 REPAIRING CAN NETWORK WIRING

When repairing or replacing CAN wiring, the
original twisted lengths and diameters of the
wiring must be taken into consideration. A 10%
tolerance in the twisted length of the wiring is
permitted. Winding density 40-50 turns/m.
When repairing the wiring, the winding density
must be maintained, with the provision that it is
permissible for the wiring at the point of repair to
have no windings over a maximum length of
60 mm. When the wiring is being repaired, it
must be secured in a wire tie at the end and in
the middle.
Max. 60mm
Replacing CAN wire

1. Measure the length of the original wire
when untwisted.
2.
Measure the diameter of the original wire.

Always take a wire of the same diameter or,
if this is not available, of the next size up.
3.
Preferably choose a wire of the same colour

as the original wire.
4.
Follow the routing of the original wire and

secure the wire in the original way.
2-20
E500977
200440
BATTERIES
LF45/55 series
Contents
CONTENTS
Page
Date
1.
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 . . . . 200440

1.1 Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 . . . . 200440
1.2 Battery charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 . . . . 200440
2.
CHARGING BATTERIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 . . . . 200440

2.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 . . . . 200440
2.2 Methods of charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 . . . . 200440
3.
STORAGE OF BATTERIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2 Storage up to four weeks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.3 Storage for more than four weeks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-1
3-1
3-1
3-2
....
....
....
....
200440
200440
200440
200440
4.
INSPECTION OF BATTERIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.1 Visual inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.2 Inspection of the charging condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.3 Inspection using a battery tester . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-1
4-1
4-2
4-4
....
....
....
....
200440
200440
200440
200440
200440
BATTERIES
Contents
5
LF45/55 series
200440
BATTERIES
LF45/55 series
Safety instructions
1. SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
1.1 BATTERIES
-
Always remove the earth lead before

working on batteries.
When connecting battery leads, always

connect the earth lead last.
Always handle batteries carefully and hold

them upright.
The sulphuric acid in the batteries is an

aggressive and poisonous liquid. While
working on batteries, wear protective
clothing, gloves and safety goggles.
In case of contact with cloths, the skin or

the eyes, wash immediately with copious
amounts of water. Consult a doctor in case
of contact with eyes or skin.
When topping up batteries, never allow the

fluid level to rise more than 10 mm above
the plates or to go higher than the
level indicator.
Never put down tools or other materials that

could accidentally short-circuit the battery
terminals on the batteries or in the vicinity of
batteries. Short-circuited battery terminals
may cause the battery to explode.
Secure the batteries well after completing

the work, but not too tightly.
1.2 BATTERY CHARGING

-
During battery charging, an explosive gas

mixture may be released.
Only charge batteries in a well ventilated
area.
Never smoke or allow naked flames or
sparks in the vicinity of the battery.
Allow frozen batteries to thaw before
charging.
Switch the charger off before disconnecting
the leads to the battery.
200440
1-1
BATTERIES
Safety instructions
5
LF45/55 series
1-2
200440
BATTERIES
LF45/55 series
Charging batteries
2. CHARGING BATTERIES
2.1 GENERAL
-
A battery may only be charged using DC

current. Connect the positive terminal of the
battery to the positive (+) connection of the
charger and the negative terminal of the
battery to the negative (--) connection of the
charger.
The cell sealing plugs may remain on the
battery during charging (except during fast
charging).
During charging, the cell voltage will rise.
This increase in voltage depends on the
charging current applied and the
temperature. During normal charging, the
cell voltage will rise from about 2 volts/cell
to about 2.65 volts/cell. If a charging voltage
of about 2.35 to 2.4 volts/cell (about
14.2 volts in a 12 V battery) is exceeded,
this will start off active gas development.
As a consequence of the rise in voltage
during charging, the charging current will,
as a rule, fall gradually.
Overcharging will reduce the service life of
a battery.
If the charging of the battery is continued

after it has been fully charged (even with a
low current), this will lead to corrosion
(corrosive attack) of the grids of the positive
battery plates. This type of wear leads to
premature redundancy of the battery.
Depending on the capacity of the charger,
the normal charging time is between 8 and
15 hours.
If during charging the temperature of the
battery acid rises to more than 55_C, the
charging should be stopped. High
temperatures reduce the service life of the
battery.
A battery may be said to be charged if the

charging voltage has not increased for more
than 2 hours and the acid density (relative
density) has reached the nominal value (for
example, 1.28 kg/dm3) and does not rise
further.
200440
2-1
BATTERIES
Charging batteries
-
A charged battery must be used

immediately. If this is not possible, maintain
the battery as described in the section
Storage of batteries.
A discharged battery must be charged as

soon as possible. If a discharged battery is
not recharged, the battery plates may
become sulphated (i.e. hard), which will
lead to permanent loss of capacity.
5
LF45/55 series
2.2 METHODS OF CHARGING

Always disconnect the battery
clamps before charging.
Normal charging
Normal charging is done to restore partially
or fully discharged batteries to full capacity.
In most cases, a charging current of 1/20 to
1/ of the capacity is selected.
10
-
It is important to reduce the charging

current during gas development and to
switch the charger off when the battery is
charged.
Fast charging
With this charging method, multiples of the
normal charge current (approx. 3 to 5 times)
are used in order to achieve an acceptable
charge condition in the shortest possible
time.
-
Before fast charging, remove the battery

leads in order to prevent damage to the
electronic components.
Remove the cell sealing plugs so that the

released gases can easily escape.
To prevent overcharging, switch to a lower

charging current on reaching the gas
pressure (2.35 to 2.4 volts/cell).
Note:
Avoid fast charging. Only use this method in
exceptional cases. Fast charging causes
battery overloading, which reduces the
service life of the battery.
2-2
200440
BATTERIES
LF45/55 series
Charging batteries
Buffer charging
With this method, the consumer and the
charger are both connected to the battery.
The charger delivers sufficient current to
ensure that the battery remains virtually fully
charged. The battery will deliver peak
currents to the consumer.
-
Buffer charging is best done at a constant

(stabilised) voltage.
Trickle charging
A fully charged battery that is not used for
some time will start to discharge of its own
accord. It may discharge at a rate of 0.1%
to 1% per day. Trickle charging
compensates for such discharges.
-
The charging current for trickle charging

should be around 0.1 A per 100 Ah.
200440
2-3
BATTERIES
Charging batteries
5
LF45/55 series
2-4
200440
BATTERIES
LF45/55 series
Storage of batteries
3. STORAGE OF BATTERIES
3.1 GENERAL
Before storing batteries, carry out the following
operations:
1.
Remove the battery clamps.
2.
Clean the battery terminals and the top of

the batteries.
3.
Grease the battery terminals with petroleum

jelly.
4.
Check the electrolyte level. The electrolyte

level must be approx. 10 mm above the
plates or up to the level indicator, if there is
one.
If necessary, top up the batteries with
distilled water.
5.
Check the charging condition of the

batteries and charge them if necessary. See
the section Inspection and adjustment.
3.2 STORAGE UP TO FOUR WEEKS.

If batteries (whether as separate units or fitted in
a vehicle) are not going to be used for an
extended period of time not exceeding four
weeks, the following measures should be taken:
1.
Do not connect the battery leads to the

batteries.
2.
Check the battery charge level regularly.

See Inspection and adjustment.
If the voltage falls below 12.4 volts, or if the
relative density of the electrolyte in one or
more of the cells is less than 1.23 kg/dm3,
the battery must be charged.
Note:
The higher the ambient temperature, the more
rapidly the battery discharges.
The lower the relative density of the electrolyte,
the higher the risk of the battery freezing.
200440
3-1
BATTERIES
Storage of batteries
5
LF45/55 series
3.3 STORAGE FOR MORE THAN FOUR WEEKS

If the batteries will not be used for more than
four weeks, the following measures should be
taken:
1.
Remove the batteries from the vehicle and

store them in a frost-free, dry, cool and well
ventilated room.
2.
Check the charging condition of the

batteries regularly, at least once every four
weeks. See Inspection and adjustment.
If the voltage falls below 12.4 volts, or if the
relative density of the electrolyte in one or
more of the cells is less than 1.23 kg/dm3,
the battery must be charged.
3.
Limit the storage period to a maximum of

three months. The longer the period of
storage, the greater the permanent loss of
capacity.
3-2
200440
BATTERIES
LF45/55 series
Inspection of batteries
4. INSPECTION OF BATTERIES
4.1 VISUAL INSPECTION
-
A white dividing line at 1/3 of the plate height

(this can be seen through transparent
battery boxes) indicates that the battery has
been allowed to remain in a seriously
discharged condition.
If the electrolyte is brown and the battery

consumes a lot of fluid, this indicates that
the battery is overcharged.
If the electrolyte is turbid and milky and the

cells have a white deposit, the battery has
become damaged due to insufficient
charging (deep discharge).
200440
4-1
BATTERIES
5
LF45/55 series
4.2 INSPECTION OF THE CHARGING CONDITION

Relative density
The charging and discharging of the battery
leads to a chemical reaction in the battery,
which involves sulphuric acid. The sulphuric
acid concentration drops as the battery
discharges.
The concentration, measured as relative
density (kg/dm3), is a useful yardstick for
determining the charging condition of the
battery.
-
An acidimeter can be used to check the

charging condition.
Relative density at 27_C in kg/dm3
Charged battery
: 1.28
Half-charged battery
: 1.20
Discharged battery
: 1.10
Measurement corrections are necessary if

temperatures are significantly lower or
higher. For every 10_C of lower
temperature, subtract 0.007 points from the
measured value. For each 10_C of higher
temperature, 0.007 points must be added.
In batteries in good condition, the relative
density must be the same in all the cells.
The maximum difference between the
highest and lowest relative density may not
exceed 0.03 kg/dm3.
Note:
If the relative density in one of the cells is much
lower than in the other cells, the cause may be
cell closure. If the relative density of two
adjacent cells is much lower than in the other
cells, this indicates a leak in the cell partition. In
both cases, the battery must be replaced.
4-2
200440
BATTERIES
LF45/55 series
Voltage
The charging condition of the batteries can
also be measured using a sensitive,
preferably digital voltmeter. This method
can only be used 1 to 2 hours after full
completion of charging or discharging.
Measure the absolute rest voltage (the
positive and negative clamps must be
removed from the battery).
The charging condition of the battery can be
calculated using the formula: voltage per
cell = relative density (kg/dm3) + 0.84.
Example:
For a fully charged battery, the relative
density per cell is 1.28 kg/dm3. The voltage
per cell is therefore 1.28 + 0.84 = 2.12 V.
A 12 V battery has 6 cells. The total voltage
for a charged battery is 6 x 2.12 = 12.72 V.
The voltage of a half-charged battery is
approx. 12.24 V.
The voltage of a discharged battery is
approx. 11.75 V.
200440
4-3
BATTERIES
5
LF45/55 series
4.3 INSPECTION USING A BATTERY TESTER

-
The general condition of the battery can be

checked quickly using a battery tester. For
this check, a load is applied to the battery
and then the discharge voltage at the
battery terminals is measured. The load
applied to the battery must be at least 3
times the capacity of the battery.
The rule of thumb is that the test can be

carried out when the battery is sufficiently
charged (relative density 1.25 1.28 kg/dm3).
At normal temperatures (10-20_C), the
charging voltage for a properly charged
battery must be 10 volts after 10 seconds.
In the case of a partially discharged battery
(relative density 1.25 kg/dm3), the reading
should be at least 9 volts.
It is important that the voltage be measured
directly at the battery terminals.
4-4
200440
LF45/55 series
Contents
CONTENTS
Page
1.
CONNECTION OF ACCESSORIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.2 Reserve wires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.3 Dashboard lead-through connectors, general . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.4 Dashboard lead-through connectors for
superstructure functions application connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.5 Dashboard lead-through connector for
engine speed control application connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.6 Automatic gearboxes application connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.7 Connector for 12V connection in roof console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.8 Connectors for connecting the radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-1
1-1
1-3
1-8
....
....
....
....
Date
200440
200440
200440
200440
1-9 . . . . 200440
1-15 . . .
1-18 . . .
1-20 . . .
1-20 . . .
200440
200440
200440
200440
200440
Contents
5
LF45/55 series
200440
LF45/55 series
Connection of accessories
1. CONNECTION OF ACCESSORIES
1.1 GENERAL
On LF vehicles the various possibilities for
application connectors and reserve wiring
consist of a number of different wiring
harnesses.
One extensive application chassis wiring
harness is connected to dashboard lead-through
connectors 716, 78 and 826.
The following connectors connected to this
wiring harness can be found on the chassis:
A068, 816, 823, 824, 825, 852 and 851.
816
851
716
718
826
852
825
A068
823
824
E501747
This wiring harness is referred to as the

application wiring harness. Wiring harness
versions that are less extensive are also
possible.
The various applications are described
individually below.
Connector 825 is again connected to connector
757, the B connector, of the ECS-DC3 electronic
unit.
200440
1-1
LF45/55 series
826
718
716
E501246
823
824
A068
852
825
757
851
816
E501550
E501531
1-2
200440
LF45/55 series
1.2 RESERVE WIRES

Additional wiring
A number of return wires (A) run from the roof
console to the fuse box (C) through connector
806. These wires run via dashboard
lead-through connector 716 and via the
application wiring harness to superstructure
functions application 823.
Reserve wires (B) run from the dashboard to
superstructure functions application connector
823 via dashboard lead-through connector 716.
A
716
806
6
823
E501748
A.
B.
C.
716.
Roof console reserve wires X007 - X014

Dashboard reserve wires X003 - X006
Fuse box reserve wires X011 - X014
Green 16-pin dashboard lead-through
connector
806. Brown 8-pin dashboard connector
823. Black 12-pin chassis connector
200440
1-3
LF45/55 series
E501357
716
E501361
E501358
E501350
823
806
E501528
E501360
E501362
E501752
1-4
200440
LF45/55 series
824 is a superstructure functions application

connector that will be described below.
Under the tachograph is a brown 8-pin
connector (806) containing the reserve wiring to
the roof console.
Pin pattern for wiring harness
connector 806:
806
BN
1 3 5 7
2 4 6 8
Pin no.
Wire no.
X007
Reserve wire between connector 716 and roof console
X008
X009
X010
X011
Reserve wire between fuse box and roof console
X012
X013
X014
200440
Description
1-5
LF45/55 series
There is a green 16-pole connector (716) with 8

reserve wires in the dashboard lead-through.
connector 716:
716
GN
A1
B1
Pin no.
Wire no.
A1
3458
Automatic gearbox fault message
A2
1240
Power supply after contact of fuse box
A3
3746
Gear selection during fault
A4
4614
ABS active signal for automatic gearbox
A5
A6
X002
Power supply before contact
A7
X003
Reserve wire to/from dashboard
A8
X004
B1
X005
B2
X006
B3
X007
Reserve wire to/from roof console
B4
X008
B5
X009
B6
X010
B7
3725
RAS-EC stop
B8
3726
RAS-EC warning
ATTENTION:
A8
B8
Description
The power supply before

contact (X002) is fuseprotected via fuse E048 (25 A).
The power supply after contact
(1240) is only present if relay
G188 is fitted. The power
supply after contact is
fuse-protected via fuse E156
(25 A).
G188
E501359
1-6
200440
LF45/55 series
Connector 823 can be found on the chassis

near the fuel tank.
connector 823:
823
ZT
9
2
1
5
4
3
Pin no.
Wire no.
X003
X004
X005
X006
X007
X008
X009
10
X010
11
12
200440
8
7
6
12
11
10
Description
1-7
LF45/55 series
1.3 DASHBOARD LEAD-THROUGH CONNECTORS, GENERAL

At the front of the cab there are a number of
connectors placed one next to the other in the
dashboard lead-through zone 1 for connectors.
There are also lead-throughs for a number of
earth wires and for the main power supply wire.
726 721 722 723 724 725

730
720
719
727
In the descriptions of the various connectors in

the dashboard connector lead-through, the view
is always from outside the cab.
When a vehicle is fitted with application

connectors, this means that two specific wire
harnesses are fitted.
Chassis wiring harness.
Dashboard lead-through connectors 716,
718 and 826 connected to superstructure
functions application connectors 823
and 824, engine speed control application
connector A068, PTO connectors 816
and 851.
Engine wiring harness.
Fitted with connector 825 for the engine
speed control and connector 852 for
remote throttle.
718
728
813
713 714 715 716 717
823
824
A068
E501355
852
825
851
816
E501550
1-8
200440
LF45/55 series
1.4 DASHBOARD LEAD-THROUGH CONNECTORS FOR SUPERSTRUCTURE

FUNCTIONS APPLICATION CONNECTORS
Together with connectors 809 and 810,
application connector A070 forms part of the
standard chassis wiring harness. These
connectors are connected to dashboard
lead-through connectors 713 and 714.
Connectors 809 and 810 are not fitted on
vehicle type FT.
810
A070
809
E501742
810
713
714
A070
809
E501749
200440
1-9
5
LF45/55 series
Superstructure functions application connector

824 is part of the extensive application wiring
harness and is connected to dashboard
lead-through connectors 716 and 718.
Connector 824 is located on the inside of the
chassis side member, near the fuel tank.
716
718
824
E501750
1-10
200440
LF45/55 series

connector 713:
713
B1
A1
Pin no.
Wire no.
A1
3503
Sensor, fuel level
A2
3402
Parking brake
A3
5104
Reversing buzzer
A4
4517
Differential lock valve
A5
A6
3406
Brake lining wear signal
A7
1217
Reversing switch
A8
2036
Direction indicator, left
A9
2037
Direction indicator, right
A10
2170
Rear light, left
A11
2169
Rear light, right
A12
2152
Fog lights, rear
A13
4601
Stop lights
B1
1356
ABS, drawn vehicle
B2
4591
Reversing buzzer, dashboard switch
B3
1110
Power supply before contact, drawn vehicle
B4
1240
Power supply after contact
B5
5051
Fuel filter heating system
B6
3659
Alarm
B7
2009
Direction indicator, left, drawn vehicle
B8
2008
Direction indicator, right, drawn vehicle
B9
3408
Differential lock dashboard switch
B10
3428
ABS warning, drawn vehicle
B11
3412
Cab lock
B12
2155
Superstructure lighting
200440
GL
B12
A13
Description
1-11
LF45/55 series

connector 714:
714
BN
A8
A1
B1
B8
Pin no.
Wire no.
Description
A1
3639
Air pressure sensor, power supply, circuit 2
A2
3638
Air pressure sensor, earth, circuit 1
A3
3639
Air pressure sensor, power supply, circuit 1
A4
3640
Air pressure sensor signal, circuit 1
A5
3020
Vehicle speed sensor, earth
A6
3021
Vehicle speed sensor, power supply
A7
3018
Vehicle speed sensor signal, real time
A8
3019
Vehicle speed sensor signal, coded
B1
4030
Range-change protection, gearbox
B2
3660
Alarm
B3
4721
Neutral switch, gearbox
B4
4596
Activates PTO valve
B5
5049
Water in fuel sensor
B6
1264
Alarm battery
B7
3638
Air pressure sensor, earth, circuit 2
B8
3641
Air pressure sensor signal, circuit 2

connector 809:
809
ZT
1-12
Pin no.
Wire no.
2170
Description
Rear light, left
Earth
200440
LF45/55 series

connector 810:
810
ZT
Pin no.
Wire no.
2169
Description
Rear light, right
Earth

connector A070:
A070
ZT
7
6
5
Pin no.
Wire no.
1110
2155
2169
FA work lamp
Rear light, right, FT
4601
Stop light signal
4591
Reversing light signal
1264
Alarm, power supply
3659
Alarm, superstructure/drawn vehicle
3660
Alarm, superstructure/drawn vehicle
3
4
Description
Earth
Note:
On FT vehicles pin 2 for possible superstructure
lighting is occupied by wire 2169.
200440
1-13
LF45/55 series

connector 824:
824
ZT
6
5
3
4
Pin no.
Wire no.
Description
X002
1240
3435
Engine is running signal (via the VIC unit)
3412
Cab lock (via the VIC unit)
3700E
V-CAN, high
3701E
V-CAN, low
Earth
Earth
1-14
200440
LF45/55 series
1.5 DASHBOARD LEAD-THROUGH CONNECTOR FOR ENGINE SPEED

CONTROL APPLICATION CONNECTOR
The optional application connector for the
engine speed control system (connector A068)
is a 12-pin Econoseal connector.
Most of the pins of connector A068 are
connected to dashboard lead-through connector
718 and engine wiring harness connector 825.
718
826
852
757
825
A068
E501751
Connector A068 is located on the co-drivers

side near the air filter housing.
In the dashboard lead-through, the wiring
harness from connector A068 is connected
to the dashboard wiring harness via
connector 718.
200440
1-15
LF45/55 series

connector 718:
718
WT
A8
A1
B1
Pin no.
Wire no.
A1
4177
Remote control for main switch
A2
3524
PTO status
A3
4176
Remote control for main switch
A4
3435
Engine is running signal
A5
1123
ADR MTCO (A1)
A6
4594
PTO remote control
A7
3700E
A8
3412
B1
Earth
B2
Earth
B3
3143
ESC enable
B4
3144
N1 signal
B5
3145
N2 signal
B6
3146
N3 signal
B7
3514
MTCO vehicle speed signal (D3/B7)
B8
3701E
B8
Description
V-CAN, high
Cab lock
V-CAN, low
Connector A068 is also connected to engine

wiring harness connector 825, which in turn is
connected to B connector 757 on the ECS-DC3
electronic unit.
connector 825:
825
ZT
2 1
1-16
Pin no.
Wire no.
Description
3003
Engine speed signal
3039
Vmax application
200440
LF45/55 series
The engine wiring harness also has a 4-pin

connector for remote throttle (852).
connector 852:
852
ZT
1 2 3 4
Pin no.
Wire no.
Description
4680
Accelerator pedal sensor earth
B68
5 V power supply
B85
Remote throttle signal
B21
Accelerator pedal sensor ON/OFF

connector A068:
A068
ZT
9
2
1
5
4
3
Pin no.
Wire no.
Earth
3003
Engine speed signal
3039
Vmax application
3143
ESC enable
3144
N1 signal
3145
N2 signal
10
3146
N3 signal
11
4594
PTO remote control
12
1240
200440
8
7
6
12
11
10
Description
1-17
LF45/55 series
1.6 AUTOMATIC GEARBOXES APPLICATION CONNECTOR

The automatic gearbox application connector is
entirely connected to the electronic unit of the
automatic gearbox.
The connectors functions described below are
those programmed as standard. Depending on
the software programmed in the electronic unit,
the functions may thus differ from the functions
on the vehicle:
A096 Automatic gearbox socket,
superstructure (AT2000)
A074 Automatic gearbox socket,
superstructure
Note:
For a detailed explanation of the application
connectors on an automatic gearbox, see the
Superstructure guidelines book.
connector A068:
A096
ZT
2
3
1-18
6
5
Pin no.
Wire no.
Description
4006
PTO activation only in neutral
5628
PTO request
110
Second shift program
111
Range inhibit prevents the PTO from remaining active when

the gearbox is put into a gear by accident, for instance
112
Switching off overdrive
4596
PTO activation
3718
Switched gear indicator
200440
LF45/55 series

connector A070:
A074
ZT
1 2 3 4 5
6 7
8 9
10 11
12 13
Pin no.
Wire no.
5646
Feedback of neutral position
153
Range inhibit prevents the PTO from remaining active when

the gearbox is put into a gear by accident, for instance.
5628
PTO request
6035
Braking signal
5648
Automatic neutral position
167
Vehicle speed signal
10
5647
Earth
11
177
Kickdown
12
5644
Speed limiter for footboard protection
13
200440
Description
1-19
LF45/55 series
1.7 CONNECTOR FOR 12V CONNECTION IN ROOF CONSOLE

In the roof console there is a white 2-pin
connector, 790, whose purpose is to connect a
CB set.
This connector has the following wires: 1153 and
earth.
790
737
E501163
1.8 CONNECTORS FOR CONNECTING THE RADIO
Radio connection
Behind the radio panel there is a connector
(connector no. 784) (to ISO standard) for the
radio connection; this connector is provided with
a power supply before contact of 12 V/10 A
(15 A) (1153), power supply after contact (1143)
and earth. The wiring for the loudspeakers,
connector 785, to the speaker locations above
the doors has also been fitted ready for use as
standard.
Connectors for connecting the radio.
784
785
1-20
Power supply to radio

Loudspeakers for radio
785
784
E501148
200440
READING DIAGRAMS
LF45/55 series
Contents
CONTENTS
Page
Date
1.
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 . . . . 200440
2.
MARKING OF WIRING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 . . . . 200440
3.
READING CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 . . . . 200440
4.
READING SECTION DIAGRAMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 . . . . 200440
200440
READING DIAGRAMS
Contents
5
LF45/55 series
200440
READING DIAGRAMS
LF45/55 series
List of abbreviations
1. LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS
Abbreviation
Explanation
Translation/description
ABS-D
Antilock Braking System - version D
Antilock braking system - version D
ABS/ASR-E
Antilock Braking System/Anti-Slip

Regulation - version E
Antilock braking system/Anti-slip

regulation - version E
ACH-W
Additional Cab Heater - Webasto
Cab heater - Webasto
AGC-A
Automatic Gearbox Control - Allison
Automatic Allison gearbox control
AIRCO
Air conditioning
Air conditioning
ALS-S
Alarm system - Scorpion
Alarm system - Scorpion
ASR
Anti-Slip Regulation
Anti-slip regulation
CAN
Controller Area Network
Multiplex digital communication

network
CCU
CAN Connection Unit
CAN connection unit
CDB
Central Distribution Board
Central box
CDM
CAN Data Manager
CAN Data Manager
CDS-3
Central Door Locking System

version 3
Central door locking system version 3
CO
Change Over
Changeover contact
CXB
CAN extension box
CAN extension box
DAVIE XD
DAF Vehicle Investigation

Equipment - version XD
DAF vehicle diagnostic tool version XD
DIP-4
DAF Instrument Pack - version 4
DAF instrument panel - version 4
DVB
DoorVerBinding
Through-connection
ECAS-2
Electronically Controlled Air

Suspension system - version 2
Electronically controlled air

suspension system - version 2
ECAS-3
Electronically Controlled Air

Suspension system - version 3
Electronically controlled air

suspension system - version 3
ECS-DC3
Engine Control System DAF

Cummins - version 3
DAF Cummins engine management

system - version 3
FMS
Fleet Management System
Fleet Management System
MTCO
Modular Tachograph
Modular tachograph
NC
Normally Closed
Normally closed contact
NO
Normally Open
Normally open contact
PTO
Power Take-Off
Power take-off
RAS-EC
Rear Axle Steering - Electronically

Controlled
Electronically controlled rear axle

steering
VIC
Vehicle Intelligence Centre
Vehicle intelligence centre
VLG/ADR/GGVS/
PETREG/RTMDR
Vervoer te Land Gevaarlijke Stoffen
Transport of hazardous substances
200440
1-1
READING DIAGRAMS
List of abbreviations
5
LF45/55 series
1-2
200440
5
LF45/55 series
READING DIAGRAMS
Marking of wiring
2. MARKING OF WIRING
INTRODUCTION
This standard sets out specifications for the
uniform use of markings on electrical wiring.
The marking system consists of a numerical
system and a colour coding system, thus
ensuring a clear wiring layout and precluding
faulty connections and manufacturing errors.
The marking system does not apply to vehicles
subject to special conditions, such as military
vehicles.
Numerical and colour coding
Each numerical code consists of four digits, the
first of which refers to the main group and to the
colour.
Main groups
Power supplies (red)
1000 to 1999
Lighting (yellow)
2000 to 2999
Warning and control functions (blue)
3000 to 3999
Power consumers (grey)

4000 to 6999
Special applications (colour as desired)
6000 to 6999
Earth connections (white)
Not marked
9000 to 9499 test and signal earth
I-CAN wiring (twisted)
3565 CAN-L (yellow)
3566 CAN-H (grey)
V-CAN wiring (twisted)
3700 CAN-L (yellow)
3701 CAN-H (blue)
Notes:
The M with serial number coding on earth
wiring is used for production-related
reasons.
In the case of straight splicing of the wiring
(cascading), the numerical codes are shown
on each separate wire followed by a serial
letter.
200440
2-1
READING DIAGRAMS
Marking of wiring
LF45/55 series
Earth connections
The application of electronic systems has made
it necessary to divide the earth connections into
groups. There is a distinction to be made
between two different types of earth connection:
switching earth
test and signal earth
The switching earth is the conventional type of
earth.
The test and signal earth is used exclusively for
electronic systems.
The wiring colour for both types of earth is white,
but the test and signal earth wiring is marked
with numerical codes (from 9000 to 9500).
NEVER USE THE TEST AND
SIGNAL EARTH WHEN FITTING AN
ELECTRICAL COMPONENT
If you do this, electronic components may not
work correctly.
If an electronic component needs to be
connected, the earth for this system must be
connected to the central earth connection in the
cab.
This connecting point is located under the
central box behind the dashboard.
Abbreviations used in colour coding
Colour
red
brown
green
blue
orange
pink
2-2
Abbreviation
rd
bn
gn
bw
oe
re
Colour
yellow
white
grey
black
violet
Abbreviation
gl
wt
gs
zt
vi
200440
READING DIAGRAMS
LF45/55 series
Reading circuit diagrams
3. READING CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS

The circuit diagram is intended to show the
various circuits in the simplest way possible.
Symbols are used to do this.
LIGHT SWITCH
1000
1010
SWITCH MAIN/ DIPPED BEAM
E084
1
1101
7.5A
2
2110
1
2154
D610
C622
87
87A
G154
58
2
E002
G107
59 30
30
C506
3.4
87A
87
3.5
86
86
NC
65
58
2120
143
2111
205
251
G000 85
009
039
052
86
CO
59
59
2100
G107 85
87
87A
2630
1020
2105
G154 85
30
5.0A
2
D609
G000
61
NO
68
60
61
146
LAMP
MAIN
SWITCH
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
E501056
1.
In the diagram, the indications 1000 and

1010 are shown at the top, left side.
Explanation to these indications:
1000 = power supply before contact.
1010 = power supply after contact.
2.
The indication M is shown at the bottom of

the diagram, left side.
Explanation to this indication:
M = earth connection.
200440
3-1
READING DIAGRAMS
3.
5
LF45/55 series
To make it easier to find your way around

the circuit diagram, a search bar is
included at the bottom, which contains
numbers.
These numbers are called location
numbers.
In the legend to the circuit diagram the
description of the basic code (ECN) is
followed by the relevant location number.
In this way, a specific component can
immediately be located in the diagram.
4.
There is an arrow above location numbers

60, 63, 64 and 68 in the example diagram.
At the bottom of this arrow is a number. This
number refers to the location number on the
search bar where you can find the relevant
wire number.
5.
Under the M (earth connection) line, there

are the codes NC, relating to relay G154,
CO, relating to relay G107, and NO,
relating to relay G000.
What this code means:
NC = normally closed contact
CO = changeover contact
NO = normally open contact
These contacts can be found at the location
numbers shown under the codes NC,
CO and NO.
At the relay contacts shown in the diagram

you will also find the location numbers that
indicate the relay coil locations.
6.
In the circuit diagram you will find the basic

codes (for example E002). What these
codes stand for can be found in the legend
to the relevant circuit diagram.
7.
If the wire numbers remain unchanged they

will not be repeated in the circuit diagram.
For instance, in the example diagram wire
1101 is connected to connection point 87 of
relay contact G107, but also to connection
point 2 of component C622.
Wire 2100 (at location number 64) is
connected to connection point 30 of relay
G154, but also to connection point 85 of
relay G000, etc.
3-2
200440
READING DIAGRAMS
LF45/55 series
Symbols used
II 0 I
II 0 I
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
85
30
86 87A
87
3
P
17
18
19
20
23
24
21
22
T
U
25
N
U
26
27
28
E501591
200440
3-3
READING DIAGRAMS
LF45/55 series
30B
1
L
DO
M
2
31
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
DL
Y1
R
X1
L
X1
41
42
43
44
46
47
48
Y1
45
49
50
51
52
CAN
CAN
VSC
53
54
55
56
E502011
3-4
200440
READING DIAGRAMS
LF45/55 series
Symbol
number
Description
Loudspeaker
Electropneumatic or hydraulic valve, 1 driving coil
Electropneumatic or hydraulic valve, 2 driving coils
Electropneumatic or hydraulic valve, 3 driving coils
Diode
Bipolar diode
LED
LED with series resistor
4-position switch, key-operated
10
3-position switch with fixed central position, manually operated, spring return
11
Dual 3-position switch with fixed central position, manually operated, spring return
12
Potentiometer with series resistor
13
Potentiometer without series resistor
14
Dual switch; one 2-position switch, manually operated, changeover contact, one
2-position switch, manually operated, contact normally open
15
Dual switch; one 2-position switch, spring return, contact normally open, one
3-position switch, fixed central contact, spring return, changeover contact
16
2-position switch with fixed 0-position, spring return, contact normally open
17
Through-connection
18
Relay with changeover contact
19
Relay with changeover contact
20
Switch, pressure-controlled, dual break, contact normally closed
21
Switch, pressure-controlled, dual break, contact normally open
22
Switch, temperature-controlled, single break, contact normally closed
23
Switch, mechanically operated, dual break, contact normally closed
24
Switch, mechanically operated, dual break, contact normally open
25
Pressure - voltage converter
26
Temperature - voltage converter
27
Revs - pulse converter
28
2-position switch, single break, contact normally open, foot-pedal-operated
200440
3-5
READING DIAGRAMS
Symbol
number
3-6
LF45/55 series
Description
29
2-position switch, float-operated, dual break, contact normally closed
30
Sensor, Impedance
31
Sensor, Induction
32
DC motor, key-operated
33
DC motor
34
2-speed DC motor
35
Starter motor
36
Bulb
37
Resistor
38
Fuse
39
Heating element
40
Temperature-switched heating element
41
Socket with two contact sockets
42
2-position switch, fixed central position, manually operated
43
Timer
44
Threefold switch, fixed central position, contact normally open, manually operated,
spring return
45
Fluid level, voltage converter
46
Twisted wire
47
Buzzer
48
2-position switch, manually operated, single break, contact normally open, in

combination with tubular lamp
49
2-position switch, key-operated, single break, contact normally open
50
Protected wire with earth connection
51
Switch, temperature-operated, single break, contact normally closed
52
Switch, pressure-operated, single break, contact normally closed
53
Twofold, 2-position, magnetically operated reed switch, single break, contact

normally open
54
Generator
55
Steering angle sensor
56
VSC module
200440
READING DIAGRAMS
LF45/55 series
Reading section diagrams
4. READING SECTION DIAGRAMS

EXPLANATION OF THE POSITION NUMBERS IN THE SECTION DIAGRAMS
In the section diagram only information that is
functional in the section diagram described is
shown in detail.
1.
The wiring is shown in the same colours as

the wiring in the vehicle.
2.
The wire numbers are as they are printed

on the wiring in the vehicle.
Suffixes to wire numbers, such as A, B, C,
etc., have been omitted.
3.
Basic code of a component. For component

descriptions, see the legend to the diagram.
For more information, see the relevant
section diagram.
4.
Number of the wire connection point or the

PCB track on the component.
5.
The basic code of the connector and the

connection point on this connector.
6.
The symbols indicate which system or

component is being referred to (in most
cases the symbol is also shown on the lens
of the warning lamp or switch).
7.
PCB tracks.
8.
The central box and instrument panel PCBs

are grey.
9.
Removable components are shown in

white.
200440
4-1
READING DIAGRAMS
5
LF45/55 series
10. Reference to the component and

connection point and to the section (section
diagram) which gives further information
about this component.
G178
85
7
G178
85
Basic code number of the

component
Connection point on the
component
Reference to section
diagram 7
11. ATTENTION! The situation on the vehicle

may be different, because of different
specifications. Always consult the legend to
the diagram.
12. The housing of this component is connected
to earth. The line shown is therefore not a
wire.
13. Search bar numbers.
14. Drawing number as well as section number.
15. Relation to the circuit diagram.
4-2
200440
15
B010
30
13
A502
B+
13
2/233
1000
1000
1000
114
A500
G014
1
14
30
87
114
1/233
1010
1000
1000
86
85
B010
50
12
10
4001
4002
G015
15A
14/206
11
E037
114
7
53
G178
85
7
12
13
14
12
10
C539
2 4 6
1100
7,5A
15
C506
7
8
D816
B10
6
16
C622
17
E084
4
18
13
19
D609
1/208
20
2100
5/206
1101
1101
1101
5/207
2110
2100
21
22
23
87
86 87A
24
C072
2
15
B501
6
26
200
5
28
30
85
1/237
G517
1010
G517
G000
25
26
2101
27
114
28
29
30
9102
31
115
28
D555
32
33
9102
2/201
D524
G517
1130
3014
11/201
9102
16/201
9102
9102
G517
5/201
3000
3000
16
34
133
12/201
35
36
3012
3012
37
38
F534
39
3012
15/
214
40
41
133
42
43
115
13
115
2630
3/
214
B156
133
7/
214
C707
9
15
2101
7,5A
14/208
44
45
46
4/
215
D582
2630
15/202
E117
47
6/202
G517
1000
114
F011
114
F535
3503
3503
3503
115
133
2/239
1/239
3426
14
1293789/04-17
G515
3413
11/200
G517
48
11
STOP
20/
215
8/
215
49
2619
7/200
15/200
3403
50
14
3412
200440
113
9642
51
F009
52
53
1000
1010
LF45/55 series
G517
5
READING DIAGRAMS
EL000001
4-3
READING DIAGRAMS
5
LF45/55 series
4-4
200440
LF45/55 series
Contents
CONTENTS
Page
1.
Date
GENERAL LOCATION OF COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 . . . . 200440

1.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 . . . . 200440
1.2 Location of components in relation to circuit diagram 1427090/03-04 . . . . . 1-2 . . . . 200440
200440
Contents
5
LF45/55 series
200440
5
LF45/55 series
General location of components
1. GENERAL LOCATION OF COMPONENTS

1.1 INTRODUCTION
This main group contains an overview of
components that do not occur in a system
manual.
The location of system components is shown in
the appropriate system manual.
There is a sticker in the central box, which
indicates what relays, through-connections and
fuses can be found on the PCB.
200440
1-1
LF45/55 series
1.2 LOCATION OF COMPONENTS IN RELATION TO CIRCUIT

DIAGRAM 1427090/03-04
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Column 4
1
=
=
=
=
basic codes of component

description
location
page number
2
A000
FA drawn vehicle socket (7-pin)
Chassis rear end
A001
Socket, rear fog lamp/reversing

light, FT drawn vehicle (7-pin)
Behind cab
A004
ABS socket, FA drawn vehicle

(7-pin)
Chassis rear end
A011
Socket, 12 V accessories (2-pin)
Electrical panel, underside
A021
Diagnostic socket (16-pin)
Under floor mat, drivers side
A032
AGC diagnostic socket
On chassis side member above air

supply unit
A074
Automatic gearbox socket,

superstructure
On second side member behind

gearbox
A087
CCU/CDM socket (2-pin)
Under central box
A510
Alarm system battery
In central box, above ABS unit
B003
Electric drop glass operation motor,

drivers side
In drivers side door
B004
Electric drop glass operation motor,

co-drivers side
In co-drivers side door
B042
Air dryer heating element
In air supply unit
B043
Air conditioning compressor
Engine, front left
B079
Low-range downshift protection

valve
Left side of gearbox
B182
Water separator fuel heating

element
Rear side of fuel tank, on fuel filter

housing
B192
Exhaust brake valve
On the RH chassis side member
B199
Central door locking motor, drivers

side
In door under door lock, drivers

side
1-2
200440
LF45/55 series
1

2
B200
Central door locking motor,

co-drivers side
In door under door lock, co-drivers

side
B201
Internal electrical components for

AGC automatic gearbox
In bottom of gearbox housing
B241
Fuel filter/water separator heating

element sensor
Rear side of fuel tank, under fuel

filter
B245
PTO 1 control valve
On the RH chassis side member
B338
Alarm system horn
Front of side member, left
B341
Glow element
In inlet manifold
B360
Seat belt tensioner, drivers side
In roll-up mechanism, drivers seat
B361
Airbag module
In steering wheel
B399
Cooling fan 1, AGC automatic

gearbox
Depending on vehicle application
B400
Cooling fan 2, AGC automatic

gearbox
Depending on vehicle application
B401
Horn
Front of side member, left
C062
Stepwell lighting, left
At the bottom of door, drivers side
C063
Stepwell lighting, right
At the bottom of door, co drivers

side
C119
Interior lighting with switch, drivers

side
At the bottom, centre, in roof

console
C525
Main switch
Dashboard, centre panel
C553
Mechanical main switch
Chassis side member
C622
Lighting switch
Next to steering column, left
C715
Rotating beam switch
Overhead panel
C725
Work lamp switch
C727
Fog lamp switch, front/rear
Dashboard, electrical panel
C736
Roof hatch switch
Overhead panel
C748
Cross-axle differential lock switch
C750
PTO 1 switch
C763
Instrument lighting dimming

potentiometer
200440
1-3
1
LF45/55 series
C765
Switch for warning lamps
C773
Fog lamp switch, rear
C774
Central door locking switch
C804
Switch, adjustable speed limiter
C835
Switch to turn off interior detection
Overhead panel
C836
Switch to turn off

superstructure/drawn vehicle
loadspace detection
C854
Chassis main switch
On outside of chassis, next to the

batteries
C864
Drop glass operation switch,

co-drivers side (drivers side door)
In door panel, co-drivers side
C865

co-drivers side (co-drivers side
door)
In door panel, drivers side
C866

drivers side (drivers side door)
C867
Mirror heating switch
C868
Mirror adjustment switch
C871
Potentiometer for headlamp

height adjustment
Next to steering column, right
C880
Reversing buzzer switch
C892
Heater fan switch
In heating/ventilation panel
C893
Air conditioning switch
In heating/ventilation panel
D609
Light switch diode
In diode block, against bottom of

central box
D610
Diode, main beam/dipped beam

central box
D715
Alarm system LED
Overhead panel
D758
Diode to prevent feedback to the

VIC

central box
D787
Diode, air conditioning compressor

link
Internal in air
conditioning-compressor link
1-4
200440
LF45/55 series
1

2
D802
Electronic unit, ECAS-2 (6x2)
Top side of attachment plate,

central box
D822
AGC vehicle interface module
On inside of chassis in AGC box
D851
Top side of attachment plate,

central box
D866
Electronic unit, AGC-A4 automatic

gearbox control
On inside of chassis in AGC box
D867
Automatic gearbox selector
In cab on floor
D900
Electronic unit, VIC
On inside of attachment plate,

central box
D905
Electronic unit, CDS
In roof console, co-drivers side
D909
Electronic unit, alarm system,

ultrasonic
D910
Electronic unit, battery charger
D911
Electronic unit, ALS-S alarm system
Against heater housing, left side
D912
Electronic unit, immobiliser
Against steering column near

ignition/starter switch
D924
Electronic unit for main switch
In main switch box on chassis
D926
Electronic unit, airbag/seat belt

tensioner
Under floor pan, drivers side
D941
Electronic unit, ABS/ASR, D version
On top side, central box, horizontal
D942
Fuse box
Central box
D958
Electronic unit, converter with

power supply for radio memory
Next to central box, outside
D960
Airbag contact unit
Under steering wheel
D961
Electronic unit, ABS/ASR, E version
On top side, central box, horizontal
E153
Fuse, power supply for main switch
E286
Main fuse
Behind battery box on chassis
E299
Fuse, windscreen heating
200440
1-5
1
LF45/55 series
E330
Fuse, sens wire main switches
E349
Main fuse, cab
E354
Fuse, automatic gearbox, AGC fan
In AGC box on chassis
E501
Reversing light switch
On gearbox
E509
Air conditioning switch, high/low

pressure
In evaporator pipe, on outside of

cab, co-drivers side
E569
Neutral position switch, gearbox
Gearbox
E585
Selector switch, automatic gearbox

(AT 1000/2000)
Bottom left on outside of gearbox

housing
E587
Switch for stop lights/clutch
Above brake pedal and clutch pedal
E597
Switch, cooling fans, automatic

gearbox (AGC)
In AGC oil cooling radiator
F000
Parking brake switch
On valve relay, chassis
F009
Control switch, cab tilting
In cab lock, drivers side
F087
Control switch, gearbox PTO
On PTO housing, type-dependent
F533
Vehicle speed sensor
Gearbox, rear end
F601
Output shaft speed sensor,

automatic gearbox
At rear of gearbox
F602
Input shaft speed sensor, automatic

gearbox
At front of gearbox
F651
Ambient temperature sensor
Between A-pillar and door, left side
F652
Air pressure sensor
On air supply unit
F670
Sensor, turbine speed, automatic

gearbox
On gearbox
F671
Accelerator pedal sensor, ECS-DC3
Above accelerator
G014
Glow plug relay
G185
Starting circuit interrupter relay
On Vehicle Interface Module in

AGC box
G201
Fuel heating relay, FPH-E
Back of central box
G350
Reversing light relay, automatic

gearbox
On Vehicle Interface Module in

AGC box
1-6
200440
LF45/55 series
1

2
G367
Main switch relay, power supply
G368
Main switch relay, earth
G397
Windscreen heating relay
G425
Main switch relay
G444
Cooling fan relay, automatic

gearbox (AGC-A4)
In AGC box on chassis
G507
Earth, 1-pin, chassis - cab
Outside, under windscreen
G516
Central cab earth, co-drivers side
Inside, central box
G517
Central cab earth, drivers side
Outside, drivers side
G520
Central earth, chassis, front end
Chassis side member, behind the

shock absorber, drivers side
G524
Earth point, glow element
Left side of engine, cylinder head
G525
Central earth, flywheel
Chassis side member, behind the

shock absorber, co-drivers side
200440
1-7
5
LF45/55 series
1-8
200440
LF45/55 series
F000
E501249
F651
A000
A001
E501247
A004
E501250
8
E501246
E501
E569
F533
E509
B079
E501251
F009
E501252
E501243
200440
LF45/55 series
G525
E501254
D958
E299
E349
E286
D758
D609
D610
C553
G201
G014
G516
A087
E501705
E501248
8
E501246
G507
B182
G517
B241
E501253
E501166
G520
E501255
E501713
200440
LF45/55 series
C736 C715 C119 C835 D715
C864
D905
E501164
B004
B200
C063
E501156
E501246
B003
B199
C865
C866
C868
E587
C062
F671
E501155
E501158
A021
E501157
E501245
200440
LF45/55 series
C765 C725 C867 C880 C525 C774
C750 C836
E501744
C773/
C763 C748 C804 C727 D904
D909
D910
5A
A510
C622
C871 C892 A011 C893
D911
E501348
E501303
8
D912
B361
E501350
D926
D960
E501306
E501307
B360
E501308
E501746
200440
LF45/55 series
D900
D961
D802
E501372
D942
E501353
D851
D941
E501354
E501246
B401
B341
B338
G524
E501232
E501364
E501701
200440
LF45/55 series
SF01 SF04
D822
IGN
F2
SF03
G185
G350
SF02
D866
E354
D867
MAIN
F1
G444
E501698
B399
B400
E501699
E597
E501697
8
E501246
A074
A032
F602
F601
E501702
B201
E501711
F670
F602
F601
E585
B201
E501712
E501703
200440
LF45/55 series

C854
E153 E330 G367
G368
G425
D924
E501695
B245
B192
B043
D787
E501710
E501708
8
E501246
G397
F087
E501707
E501706
F652
B042
E501709
E501704
200440
5
LF45/55 series
200440
LF45/55 series
Contents
CONTENTS
Page
1.
Date
LOCATION OF CONNECTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 . . . . 200440

1.1 List of connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 . . . . 200440
1.2 Drawings showing location of connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 . . . . 200440
200440
Contents
5
LF45/55 series
200440
LF45/55 series
Location of connectors
1. LOCATION OF CONNECTORS
\
1.1 LIST OF CONNECTORS

Column 1
Column 2
= Connector coding
= Number of connection points
on connector
= Colour of connector
= Description of connector, if
applicable
= Location of connector in the
vehicle
= Reference to page number
(see Drawings showing
location of connectors)
Column 3
Column 4
Column 5
Column 6
340
35
Black
ECAS-2 electronic unit
Above central box
20
700
25
Brown
PCB connector
On PCB of central box
701
25
White
PCB connector
702
25
Yellow
PCB connector
703
25
Red
PCB connector
704
Brown
PCB connector
705
Grey
PCB connector, power supply

before contact
706
Black
PCB connector
707
Yellow
PCB connector
708
Violet
PCB connector
709
Red
PCB connector
710
Brown
PCB connector
711
Grey
PCB connector
712
White
PCB connector
713
25
Yellow
Dashboard lead-through
connector
Dashboard lead-through zone 1
714
16
Brown
connector
715
16
Red
ABS-D, ABS/ASR-E
716
16
Green
connector
717
16
Blue
Automatic gearbox
718
16
White
Engine speed control
200440
1-1
719
White
720
Red
721
Yellow
722
723
LF45/55 series
5
Accelerator pedal sensor
connector
Headlights/ indicator lamps,

front
Grey
Headlamp height adjustment/

fog lamps, front
Violet
ECAS
724
Brown
connector
725
Black
Cab heater
726
Grey
Headlight/windscreen washer
727
Yellow
ASR
728
Blue
Alarm siren
729
Black
Alarm battery charger
Central box
21
730
Grey
connector
731
Yellow
Windscreen wiper motor
732
White
Door functions
733
Red
Door functions
734
Violet
735
White
Central door locking
Side of central box
736
Blue
Loudspeakers, rotating beams,

roof hatch, interior lighting
Side of central box
737
16
Black
Central door lock
Roof console, centre
738
16
Black
Door wiring, drivers side
Between A-pillar and door
739
16
Black
Door wiring, co-drivers side
Between A-pillar and door
740
Black
Alarm/immobiliser LED, roof

console
Side of central box
741
White
Steering column switch,

cruise control/engine speed
Next to steering column, inner

side
10
742
Blue
Steering column switch,

windscreen wipers/washer

side
10
743
Black
A connector, VIC electronic unit
In central box
744
24
Black
B connector, VIC electronic unit
In central box
1-2
200440
LF45/55 series
745
52
Black
C connector, VIC electronic unit
In central box
746
40
Black
D connector, VIC electronic unit
In central box
747
Black
E connector, VIC electronic unit
In central box
748
25
Black
Connector, ECAS electronic

unit
Above central box
749
15
Black
Connector, ABS-D electronic

unit
Above central box
750
18
Black
Connector, ABS-D electronic

unit
Above central box
751
Blue
Connector, heater / air

conditioning
On heater housing
21
752
White
MTCO A connector
On rear of MTCO
12
753
Yellow
MTCO B connector
On rear of MTCO
12
754
Black
Remote control system, ECAS
Outside, driver floor pan
755
14
Black
Connector, DIP
On rear of DIP
756
Grey
Connector for cab heater

system, Webasto
Outside of central box
757
89
Black
B connector for ECS-DC3

engine management electronic
unit
On left of engine
18
758
Black
Reversing buzzer
Left-hand chassis side member,

near fuel tank
15
759
Black
Fuel pre-heating

near fuel tank
14
760
Black
ECAS-3 chassis wiring harness,

45LF

near fuel tank
15
761
13
Black
ABS

near fuel tank
15
762
13
Black
Tail lights/differential lock

near fuel tank
15
763
13
White
Drawn vehicle connection

near fuel tank
15
764
Black
Tail lights, right
On tail light unit, right
15
765
Black
Tail lights, left
On tail light unit, left
15
200440
1-3
766
Black
LF45/55 series
4
Differential lock
In chassis side member, near

rear axle
16
33
767
Black
Break lining wear
In chassis side member, near

rear axle
17
768
Black
Engine connector
At front of engine block
18
769
Black
Air pressure sensor
On top of air supply unit
13
771
14
Black
Cruise control
Steering column, right
10
772
10
Black
Lighting / horn switch, steering

column
Steering column, left
10
773
Black
Direction indicator switch,

steering column
Steering column, left
10
774
White
12 V accessories connection
Outside of central box
775
Black
Immobiliser
Right of steering column
10
776
Black
Engine brake valve
Right-hand chassis side

member, near air filter
16
777
Black
Direction indicator, left side
On mudguard support, left
13
778
Black
Direction indicator, right side
On mudguard support, right
14
779
Black
Glow plug relay
Chassis side member, near air

supply unit
18
780
Black
Work lamp
Under cross member, rear cab

suspension
17
781
Black
Seat heating
Under floor mat, drivers seat
782
Black

LF55

near fuel tank
15
783
Black

height sensor, left, LF55

near fuel tank
15
784
Black
Power supply to radio
Behind E-panel, dashboard
12
785
White
Loudspeakers for radio
Behind E-panel, dashboard
12
786
Blue
Clutch/stop light switch
Under MTCO
11
787
White
Engine brake switch
Under MTCO
11
788
Black
Mirror adjustment/heating,
drivers side
Outside of door, behind mirror

bracket shield
789
Black
Mirror adjustment/heating,
co-drivers side
Outside of door, behind mirror

bracket shield
1-4
200440
LF45/55 series
790
White
CB set
Under panel of roof console
791
Black
Electronic unit, cab heater
Under storage compartment,

behind co-drivers seat
19
792
Black

19
793
12
Black
Cab heater control and timer
Side wall, behind drivers seat
19
794
Black
Cab heater, fuel pump
Chassis side member, drivers

side
20
795
Violet
Cab heater

19
796
12
Black
A connector, alarm electronic

unit
Next to heater housing
21
797
21
Black
B connector, alarm electronic

unit
Next to heater housing
21
798
10
White
Diode block
Below, on central box
799
Blue
Ultrasonic unit
Above, on central box
21
800
Yellow
Alarm, interior detection,

superstructure
In side of central box
801
White
Airbag
Under MTCO
11
802
30
Black
Airbag electronic unit
In floor pan under drivers seat
803
Green
Airbag
Under MTCO
11
805
Black
ECAS-2, voltage and earth
31
806
Brown
Reserve wiring
Under MTCO
11
807
Black
LED electronic unit
Above central box
20
808
Yellow
Ignition/starter switch

side
10
809
Black
Superstructure lighting, left
Between air supply unit and fuel

tank
13
810
Black
Superstructure lighting, right
Between air inlet filter and

battery pack
13
811
Grey
Seat belt tensioner
Rear of co-drivers seat
23
812
Black
Ignition unit, airbag
Steering column on airbag

ignition unit
22
813
Black
MTCO earth, activated when

main switch turned on
200440
1-5
LF45/55 series
814
Black
Rotating beam, drivers side
Roof console, co-drivers side
815
Black
Rotating beam, co-drivers side
Roof console, co-drivers side
816
Black
PTO control switch
In chassis wiring harness
26
817
Yellow
Airbag
On steering wheel, between

ignition unit and airbag unit
22
818
Green
Seat belt tensioner
23
819
Black
Seat heating
23
820
15
Black
Connector, ABS/ASR-E
electronic unit
Above central box
24
821
18
Black
Connector, ABS/ASR-E
electronic unit
Above central box
24
822
Black
Main switch
Right-hand chassis side

member
30
823
12
Black
Spare wiring, superstructure

functions application connector

near fuel tank
25
824
Black
Superstructure functions
application connector

near fuel tank
25
825
Black
Motor connector, Vmax/engine

speed

near gearbox
25
826
Black
PTO control
827
36
Black
A connector for ECS-DC3

unit
On left of engine
18
828
16
Black
C connector for ECS-DC3

unit
On left of engine
18
829
13
Black
Chassis connector, automatic

transmissions
Chassis cross member behind

gearbox
28
830
Black
Motor connector, automatic

transmissions

near air supply unit
28
831
Black
Connector, external current

limiter, ADR unit
On chassis in ADR box
31
832
Black
Connector, external current

limiter, ADR unit
On chassis in ADR box
31
833
Black
Power supply, MTCO ADR

earth connector
30
834
Black
VIC power supply and ADR

alternator
30
835
13
Black
Cab functions chassis

connector, RAS-EC

near gearbox
26
1-6
200440
LF45/55 series
836
Black
Oil level sensor, RAS-EC
Next to oil tank, on left under

cab
27
837
68
Black
Connector, RAS-EC electronic

unit
In between two cross members

halfway between two rear axles
27
838
Black
Angle sensor, rear, RAS-EC
On left-hand brake booster,

trailing axle
27
839
Black
Front axle angle sensor 1
On top of steering box
27
840
Black
Front axle angle sensor 2
On bottom of steering box
27
841
Black
Steering valve, RAS-EC
On rear axle cross member
27
842
Black
Wheel speed sensor, RAS-EC
On inside of left-hand chassis

side member, near rear axles
27
843
13
Black

(MD3060)

near fuel tank
28
844
Black
Activation of cooling fans,

automatic gearbox
On chassis in AGC box
28
845
Black
Temperature switch, cooling

fans, automatic gearbox
28
846
Black
Temperature switch, cooling

fans, automatic gearbox
On oil cooler radiator unit
29
847
Black
Activation of cooling fan 1,

automatic gearbox
29
848
Black
Activation of cooling fan 2,

automatic gearbox
29
849
White
Light, automatic gearbox

selector (MD3060)
Underside of central box
29
850
Black
Intermediate connector for

diagnostic connector
Inside of left-hand chassis side

member
28
851
Black
Activates PTO valve
Inside of right-hand chassis

side member
26
852
Black
Remote throttle application
Chassis cross member behind

gearbox
25
853
32
Grey
Connector, electronic unit,

automatic gearbox
(AT1000/2000)
31
200440
1-7
854
32
Red
855
31
856
LF45/55 series
4
Connector, electronic unit,

automatic gearbox
(AT1000/2000)
31
Black
Internal components, automatic

gearbox (MD3060)
On rear of automatic
transmission
28
16
Black
Engine speed sensors for

automatic gearbox (MD3060)
transmission
28
857
20
Grey

(MD3060)
Under floor mat, engine tunnel
29
858
Black
Chassis connector, low-range

downshift protection valve

24
859
Black
Exhaust brake connector
18
900
20
Black
Engine speed sensors, selector

switch, automatic gearbox
(AT1000/2000)
transmission
31
901
Black
Chassis connector,
RAS-EC components, front

near fuel tank
26
902
Black
Alternator connector, voltage

before contact in combination
with main switch
18
903
13
Black
Chassis connector, ECAS-2

near fuel tank
26
904
Black
Intermediate connector,
ECAS-2,-pressure sensor
31
905
32
Black
S connector, electronic unit,

28
906
32
Blue
T connector, electronic unit,

28
907
32
Grey
V connector, electronic unit,

28
908
Black
Cooling fan connector,

automatic gearbox
(AT1000/2000)
31
952
Black
Transmission connector

32
1-8
200440
LF45/55 series
953
Black
954
955
Fuel level sensor

near fuel tank
32
Black
Fuel tank connector

near fuel tank
32
Black
FMS power connector
Central box
33
1.2 DRAWINGS SHOWING LOCATION OF CONNECTORS

Explanation of connector drawings
A:
Connector coding
B:
Colour of connector
BN
= brown
BW
= blue
GL
= yellow
GS
= grey
OE
= orange
RD
= red
VI
= violet
WT
= white
ZT
= black
C:
List of pin numbers on connector
The pin numbers on the connector
are where possible viewed from the
wire input side
200440
1-9
5
LF45/55 series
1-10
200440
LF45/55 series
755
E500993
755
E501159
ZT
14 12 10 8 6 4 2
13 11 9 7 5 3 1
E501228
200440
LF45/55 series
704
702
712
708
700
711
709
710
701
706
705
703
707
E500994
700
BN
A1
A13
B12
B1
704
BN
701
8 6 4 2
VI
A13
B12
B1
706
703
RD
A1
A13
B12
B1
ZT
709
RD
7 5 3 1
8 6 4 2
712
GL
A1
7 5 3 1
GR
702
708
8 6 4 2
7 5 3 1
GR
GL
711
B12
705
7 5 3 1
A13
B1
707
WT
A1
E501111
8 6 4 2
710
BN
7 5 3 1
8 6 4 2
WT
7 5 3 1
8 6 4 2
E501210
200440
LF45/55 series
756
735
736
740
774
800
798
E501346
735
WT
736
1 3 5 7
2 4
ZT
800
1 3
2 4
GR
2 4 6 8
2 4
GL
756
1 3 5 7
1 3
2 4 6 8
WT
1 3
740
1 3 5 7
2 4 6 8
774
VI
798
WT
10
9
8
7
6
1
2
3
4
5
E501375
200440
LF45/55 series
726 721 722 723 724 725
730
720
719
727
826
718
728
813
713
714
715
716
717
E501355
713
GL
714
A12
A1
B1
B13
717
BW
B1
715
RD
B1
WT
716
A8
A1
B8
718
A8
A1
BN
A8
A1
B8
719
B1
WT
725
B1
ZT
727
728
1 3
1 3 5 7
WT
813
722
723
2 4 6 8
VT
724
BN
1 3 5 7
2 4 6 8
826
GS
1 3 5 7
1 3 5 7
ZT
GL
2 4 6 8
2 4
GS
2 4 6 8
1 3 5 7
1 3
2 4
721
2 4
GL
730
GS
1 3
2 4
RD
B8
726
1 3
B8
720
2 4 6 8
B8
A8
A8
A1
1 3 5 7
B1
GN
A1
2 4 6 8
ZT
1
2 1
E501719
200440
LF45/55 series
734
732
733
731
E501138
731
GL
1 3 5 7
2 4 6 8
732
WT
1 3 5 7
2 4 6 8
733
RD
1 3 5 7
2 4 6 8
734
VI
1 3 5 7
2 4 6 8
E501213
200440
LF45/55 series
747
746
745
744
743
E500994
743
ZT
7
744
ZT
747
745
ZT
746
ZT
19 20 21 22 23 24
13 14 15 16 17 18
E501139
40
52
31
40
27
39
21
30
8 9 10 11 12
14
26
11
20
2 3 4
13
10
5 6
ZT
7
E501214
200440
LF45/55 series
749
750
748
E500992
748
ZT
13
749
ZT
E501142
750
ZT
15 12 9
18 15 12 9
14 11 8
17 14 11 8
13 10 7
16 13 10 7
14
25
E501215
802
754
781
E501370
754
ZT
781
WT
802
ZT
16
30
15
1
2
E501377
200440
LF45/55 series
739
738
E501149
738
ZT
E501151
739
ZT
16
16
E501217
789
788
9
E501152
788
ZT
789
E501153
ZT
E501218
200440
LF45/55 series
737
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
16151413121110 9
790
ZT
790
WT
737
E501163
E501720
814
815
E501363
814
ZT
1 2
815
ZT
1 2
E501378
200440
LF45/55 series
771
ZT
772
A 1 2 3 4 5
B 1 2 3 4 5
A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
B 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
773
ZT
ZT
772
771
A 1 2 3
B 1 2 3
773
E501143
E501743
741
775
808
742
E500995
741
WT
1 3 5 7
2 4 6 8
742
VI
1 3 5 7
2 4 6 8
E501304
775
ZT
1 3
2 4
808
GL
1 3 5 7
2 4 6 8
E501379
10
200440
LF45/55 series
786 787 806 803
801
E501305
786
VI
WT
1 3 5 7
1 3 5 7
2 4 6 8
2 4 6 8
806
787
801
WT
1 3
2 4
803
GR
1 3 5 7
2 4 6 8
BN
1 3 5 7
2 4 6 8
E501380
200440
11
LF45/55 series
785
784
E500993
784
ZT
785
E501148
WT
1 3 5 7
1 3 5 7
2 4 6 8
2 4 6 8
E501224
753
752
E501141
752
WT
753
GL
8 7 6 5
8 7 6 5
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
E501225
12
200440
LF45/55 series
777
769
809
E501241
ZT
769
3
4
2
1
5
777
ZT
809
ZT
2 1
E501382
810
9
E501399
810
ZT
E501400
200440
13
LF45/55 series
778
E501233
778
ZT
2 1
E501383
759
9
E501145
759
ZT
1 2 3
4 5 6
E501226
14
200440
LF45/55 series
763
758
762
761
763
761
758
783
762
782
760
E501162
758
ZT
760
ZT
E501236
761
ZT
1 2 3
4 5 6
2 1
763
1 2 3 4 5
9 8
7 6
6 7
8 9
1312
11 10
10 11
12 13
ZT
1 2 3 4 5
6 7
8 9
10 11
12 13
ZT
5 4 3 2 1
782
WT
762
783
ZT
1 2 3
4 5 6
1 2
E501384
ZT
764
764
765
3
4
2
1
5
ZT
765
2
1
5
7
6
E501568
E501721
200440
15
LF45/55 series
776
776
ZT
2 1
E501240
E501385
766
766
ZT
3 2 1
E501229
E501386
16
200440
LF45/55 series
767
767
ZT
2 1
E501230
E501387
780
780
ZT
1
2
4
3
E501532
E501722
200440
17
LF45/55 series
768
ZT
1 2 3
4 5 6
827
859
828
757
859
ZT
902
ZT
902
2 1
768
2 1
E501689
757
ZT
71
89
72 54 6
11
828
ZT
11
16
12
827
16
ZT
15
6
22
29
1
36
30
53 35
18 36 17
23
12
E501723
779
779
ZT
1 2 3
E501234
E501389
18
200440
LF45/55 series
791
WT
7 5 3 1
ZT
3 1
8 6 4 2
795
792
4 2
VI
7 5 3 1
8 6 4 2
795
791 792
E501238
E501390
793
793
ZT
12 9
11 8
10 7
E501368
E501391
200440
19
LF45/55 series
794
ZT
2 1
794
E501237
E501392
340
ZT
18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19
807
340
ZT
807
E501718
E501724
20
200440
LF45/55 series
729
799
E500992
729
ZT
799
E501347
BL
6 4 2
4 5 6
5 3 1
1 2 3
E501393
751
796
E501310
E500994
751
VI
7 5 3 1
8 6 4 2
796
ZT
797
797
ZT
12 9
21 18 15 12 9
11 8
20 17 14 11 8
10 7
19 16 13 10 7
E501394
200440
21
LF45/55 series
812
812
ZT
E501366
E501395
817
817
GL
1
2
E501374
E501396
22
200440
LF45/55 series
811
WT
818
819
GN
1
2
819
818
ZT
811
1
2
E501235
E501397
200440
23
LF45/55 series
820
821
E501371
820
ZT
821
ZT
15 12 9
18 15 12 9
14 11 8
17 14 11 8
13 10 7
16 13 10 7
E501398
858
ZT
858
1 2 3 4
9
E501690
E501725
24
200440
LF45/55 series
852
852
ZT
1 2 3 4
E501688
E501726
823
824
823
ZT
9
2
1
5
4
3
8
7
6
824
ZT
12
11
10
8
5
3
4
E501528
E501727
825
825
ZT
2 1
E501527
E501728
200440
25
851
LF45/55 series
816
851
ZT
816
ZT
4
2
2 1
1
3
E501529
E501729
835
835
ZT
5 4 3 2 1
9 8
7 6
1312
11 10
E501526
E501730
903
901
901
ZT
3
4
6
5
903
ZT
1 2 3 4 5
6 7
8 9
10 11
12 13
E501691
E501731
26
200440
LF45/55 series
836
ZT
ZT
839
836
4
2
1 2 3 4
1
3
839
840
ZT
1 2 3
840
E501525
E501732
838
ZT
4
2
ZT
841
841
2
1
5
7
6
838
842
ZT
842
1 2
837
E501524
837
ZT
2
22
23
45
68
1
24
46
E501733
200440
27
LF45/55 series
844
ZT
845
ZT
2 1
VIM30 VIM18
905 906 907

905
845
ZT
844
906
E501560
BW
907
GS
16
16
16
17
32
17
32
17
32
E501734
843
829 850
ZT
830
830
ZT
850
1 2 3
4 5 6
4 3 2 1
829
ZT
843
ZT
5 4 3 2 1
5 4 3 2 1
9 8
7 6
9 8
7 6
1312
11 10
1312
11 10
E501559
E501735
855
856
ZT
M
A
L
N
B
Z
P
Y F1 A1 B1 Q
K
C
X E1 G1 C1 R
J
D
D1
W
S
V
T
H
U
E
G
F
855
856
ZT
A
K
J
M
S
H
G
P
F
C
D
E501687
E501736
28
200440
LF45/55 series
846
ZT
BA
847
ZT
2 1
848
ZT
2 1
846
848
847
E501561
E501737
857
857
ZT
D
C
B
A
K
J
H
G
F
E
S
R
P
N
M
L
W
V
U
T
E501563
E501738
849
ZT
849
E501562
E501739
200440
29
LF45/55 series
822
ZT
822
6
5
3
4
E501693
E501740
834
833
E501694
833
ZT
2 1
834
ZT
1 2 3
E501741
30
200440
LF45/55 series
ECAS-2
805
ZT
904
ZT
2 1
E501754
Main switch
831
ZT
1
4
832
ZT
2
3
E501782
AT1000/2000
853
17
GS
32
16
854
17
RD
32
16
900
ZT
D
C
B
A
K
J
H
G
F
E
S
R
P
N
M
L
W
V
U
T
908
ZT
2 1
E501783
200440
31
LF45/55 series
952
952
ZT
1 2 3 4 5
E502129
E502130
953
ZT
1 2
953
E502133
E502134
954
ZT
1 2 3 4
954
E502131
E502132
32
200440
LF45/55 series
955
ZT
955
E502137
E502138
766
ZT
3 2 1
766
E502135
E502136
200440
33
5
LF45/55 series
34
200440
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LF45/55 series
Contents
CONTENTS
Page
Date
1.
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 . . . . 200440
2.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.1 Circuit diagram 1427090/03 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.2 Overview of basic codes for circuit diagram 1427090/03 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.3 Section diagrams from circuit diagram 1427090/03 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-1 . . . .
2-1 . . . .
2-2 . . . .
2-13 . . .
200440
200440
200440
200440
10
200440
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Contents
5
LF45/55 series
10
200440
5
LF45/55 series
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Introduction
1. INTRODUCTION
This main group includes the entire electrical
system shown in the form of section diagrams
and an overview of connectors/pin
allocations.
Note:
For the location of the connectors in the vehicle,
see main group Location of connectors.
10
200440
1-1
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Introduction
5
LF45/55 series
10
1-2
200440
5
LF45/55 series
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
2. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
2.1 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 1427090/03
This page can be used to make your own notes
on the circuit diagram.
10
200440
2-1
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
LF45/55 series
2.2 OVERVIEW OF BASIC CODES FOR CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 1427090/03

1
2
3
Basic code number

Description
Number on search bar
2
10
A000
Drawn vehicle socket (7-pin)
0095 0096 0224 0231

0262 0681
A001
Rear fog light/reversing light socket (7-pin)
0251 0256 0270 0286

0682
A004
Socket, ABS/EBS, drawn vehicle (7-pin)
0403
A011
0361
A021
Diagnostics socket (16-pin)
0592
A032
AGC diagnostics socket
0528 0574
A068
Application connector, engine speed control
581
A070
Application connector, superstructure (8-pin)
0177 0186 0188 0263

0271 0287 0288 0682
A074
Automatic gearbox socket, superstructure (MD3060)
0568
A087
0599
A096
Automatic gearbox socket, superstructure (AT2000)
0522
A500
Batteries (2x)
0002 0015
A510
0174
A513
Alternator
0019
B000
0165
B001
Windscreen wiper pump
0169
B003
Electric drop glass operation motor, drivers side
0328
B004
Electric drop glass operation motor, co-drivers side
0323
B005
Mirror adjustment motor, left
0335 0339
B006
Mirror adjustment motor, right
0332 0342
B009
Roof hatch motor
0297
B010
Starter motor
0035 0041
B017
Mirror heating, drivers side
0344
B018
Mirror heating, co-drivers side
0345
B023
Radio
0366 0371
B024
Loudspeaker, left
0365 0372
2-2
200440
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LF45/55 series
1
Electrical system
2
B025
Loudspeaker, right
0367 0371
B030
Cigar lighter, drivers side
0357
B032
Seat heating, drivers side
0353
B042
0319
B043
0382
B068
Fuel metering pump, cab heater
0386
B079
Low-range downshift protection valve
0119
B129
Left-hand headlamp height adjuster motor
0234
B130
Right-hand headlamp height adjuster motor
0236
B131
Solenoid valve, pump unit/injector, cylinder 1
0613 0651
B132
0615 0659
B133
0616 0658
B134
0618 0654
B135
0619
B136
0621
B176
Reversing buzzer
0266
B182
Water separator fuel heating element
0313
B192
Exhaust brake valve
0633 0671
B199
Central door locking motor, drivers side
0311
B200
Central door locking motor, co-drivers side
0304
B201
Internal electrical components for automatic gearbox
0510 0561
B237
ABS/ASR-D differential lock valve, rear axle
0443
B238
ECAS valve, driven axle, air supply
725
B243
Cross-axle differential lock control valve
0394
B245
PTO 1 control valve
0080
B250
0709
B253
0749
B254
ECAS valve, steered leading axle/trailing axle, lifting bellows
0753
B256
ABS valve, front axle, left
0413 0436
B257
ABS valve, front axle, right
0414 0438
B258
ABS valve, driven axle, left
0416 0439
B259
ABS valve, driven axle, right
0441
200440
10
2-3
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
1
10
LF45/55 series
2
B334
Fuel pump control solenoid valve
0612 0650
B338
Alarm system horn
0176
B341
Glow element
0047
B360
0474
B361
Airbag module
0476
B371
Windscreen heating
0349
B377
Heater motor
0375
B381
RAS-EC valve block
0454
B399
Cooling fan 1, automatic gearbox (AGC)
0501 0535
B400
Cooling fan 2, AGC automatic gearbox
0537
B401
Horn
0085
B402
ABS resistor
0428
B525
Modular tachograph (MTCO)
0052
C000
Dipped beam, left
0239
C001
Dipped beam, right
0241
C002
Main beam, left
0242
C003
Main beam, right
0244
C006
Left spotlight
0245
C007
Right spotlight
0246
C008
Fog lamp, front left
0253
C009
Fog lamp, front right
0255
C014
Direction indicator lamp, front left
0088
C015
Direction indicator lamp, front right
0092
C016
Direction indicator lamp, side left
0089
C017
Direction indicator lamp, side right
0093
C018
Direction indicator lamp, rear left
0090
C019
Direction indicator lamp, rear right
0094
C020
Stop light, left
0259
C021
Stop light, right
0261
C022
Rear light, left
0222
C023
Rear light, right
0229
C024
Fog lamp, rear left
0249
2-4
200440
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LF45/55 series
Electrical system
C025
Fog lamp, rear right
0251
C026
Reversing light, left
0268
C027
Reversing light, right
0270
C062
0278
C063
0280
C071
Work lamp
0289
C110
Bunk light, bottom
0282
C111
Bunk light, top
0283
C119
Interior lighting with switch, drivers side
0276
C144
Rotating beam, left
0292
C145
Rotating beam, right
0293
C156
Marker light, left, 1st
0226
C157
Marker light, right, 1st
0228
C158
Marker light, left, 2nd
0219
2nd
C159
Marker light, right,
C553
0002
C622
Lighting switch
0201
C715
0293
C725
Work lamp switch
0289
C727
0212
C736
Roof hatch switch
0297
C742
Traction assistance switch
0739
C748
0394
C750
PTO 1 Switch
0082
D758
Diode to prevent feedback to the VIC
120
C763
Instrument lighting dimming potentiometer
0110
C765
0098
C773
0215
C774
0306
C775
Switch, steering column, direction indicators/horn/dipped

beam/main beam
0085 0088 0208
C804
0113
200440
0221
10
2-5
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
1
10
LF45/55 series
2
C835
0194
C836
Switch to turn off superstructure/drawn vehicle loadspace

detection
0197
C841
Accessories/ignition/starter switch
0023
C842
Windscreen wipers/washer steering column switch
0163 0165 0167 0168
C853
Cab main switch
0006
C854
Chassis main switch
0006
C864
Drop glass switch, co-drivers side (drivers side door)
0323
C865
Drop glass switch, co-drivers side (drivers side door)
0322
C866
Drop glass switch, drivers side (drivers side door)
0327
C867
0345
C868
0333 0339
C871
Potentiometer, headlamp height adjustment
0233
C880
Switch, reversing buzzer
0266
C891
Steering column switch, windscreen wiper/washer,

cruise control, engine speed control
0483
C892
Heater fan switch
0376
C893
0379
D521
0387
D529
0702 0718 0735
D609
Light switch diode
0202
D610
0208
D715
Alarm system LED
0177
D784
Diode, Swedish lighting
0204
D785
0204
D787
Diode, air conditioning compressor link
0381
D802
ECAS-2 (6x2) electronic unit
0748
D822
Vehicle interface module AGC
0541
D836
Electronic unit for VLG current limiter
0012
D851
0710 0726
D866
Electronic unit, AGC-A4 automatic gearbox control
0552
2-6
200440
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LF45/55 series
1
Electrical system
2
D867
0553
D899
DIP-4 instrument panel
0070
D900
VIC electronic unit
0080 0091 0132
D903
ECS-DC3 electronic unit
0620 0659
D904
Menu Control Switch, MCS
0124
D905
0308
D909
Electronic unit, alarm system, ultrasonic
0181
D910
0174
D911
0186
D912
0060
D924
0010
D926
Electronic unit, airbag/seat belt tensioner
0476
D931
LED unit, immobiliser
0063
D936
Electronic unit for automatic gearbox (AGC-T1000/2000)
0514
D940
Electronic unit, RAS-EC
0461
D941
Electronic unit for ABS/ASR, D model
0417
D942
Fuse box
D958
Electronic unit, converter with power supply for radio memory
0360
D960
Airbag contact unit
0475
D961
0440
E004
Fuse, dipped beam, drivers side
0239
E005
Fuse, dipped beam, co-drivers side
0240
E006
Fuse, main beam, drivers side
0242
E009
Fuse, front fog lamps
0249
E013
Fuse, stop lights
0259
E018
Windscreen wiper motor fuse
0029
E019
Fuse, horn
0085
E023
Fuse, switch, tachograph timer
0049
E025
Fuse, windscreen wiper motor/windscreen washer motor
0163
E026
Fuse, cigar lighter/door switches/electronic unit, 24/12 V

converter with power supply for radio memory
0357
200440
10
2-7
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
1
10
LF45/55 series
2
E027
Fuse, electronic unit, 24/12 V converter, with power supply for

radio memory
0359
E028
Fuse, interior lighting/bunk lamps/central door lock
0273
E031
Fuse, heater fan
0373
E035
Fuse, voltage regulation generator/ECS-DC3
0021
E039
Fuse, seat heating
0353
E043
Fuse, ABS, drawn vehicle
0401
E044
Fuse, mirror heating/electric mirror adjustment/electric drop

glass operation
0321
E048
Fuse, drawn vehicle power supply
0033
E051
ECAS fuse
0734
E052
Fuse for work lamp
0286
E053
Fuse, diagnostic connector/alarm system/ECAS
0587
E058
Fuse for cab heater
0385
E062
ECAS fuse
0703 0719
E091
Fuse, air dryer heating element/water separator/RAS-EC/engine

speed control application connector
0319
E108
Fuse, VIC
0103
E114
Fuse, cab heater/warning lamps
0390
E143
Fuse, tachograph/alarm system/immobiliser/ABS-D/ABS/ASR-E
0057
E144
Fuse, automatic gearbox (AGC)
0504
E153
0008
E156
Fuse for accessories lighting
0034
E158
Fuse, DIP-4 instrument panel
0067
E160
ECS-DC3 fuse
0601 0640
E163
Fuse, rotating beams/roof hatch
0293
E165
Fuse, FPH-E fuel heater after contact
0313
E190
Fuse, ABS-D / ABS / ASR-E
0427 0450
E198
Fuse, central door lock
0308
E277
Fuse, VIC
0106
E279
Fuse, voltage regulation generator
0021
2-8
200440
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LF45/55 series
1
Electrical system
2
E280
Fuse, VIC
0104
E282
Fuse, engine brake switch/stop light switch
0257
E283
Fuse, headlamp height adjustment/width marker light, 1st , left

and right/tail light, right
0226
E284
Fuse, width marker light, 2nd, left and right/left rear light/search
lighting
0218
E285
Fuse, VIC/fog light switch
0212
E286
Main fuse
0047
E290
Fuse, RAS-EC
0453
E297
Fuse, airbag and seat belt tensioner system
0473
E299
0349
E330
0016
E349
Main fuse, cab
0002 0015
E354
0501 0534
E501
0264
E508
Temperature switch for air conditioning compressor
0380
E509
Air conditioning switch, high/low pressure
0382
E514
Cab stepwell lighting/interior lighting door switch, drivers side
0278
E515
Cab stepwell lighting/interior lighting door switch, co-drivers side
0280
E564
Engine brake switch
0130
E569
0125
E581
Cab heater timer unit
0388
E585
Selector switch for AT 1000/2000 automatic gearbox
0515
E587
0127
E597
Switch, cooling fans, automatic gearbox (AGC)
0501
F000
0115
F006
Control switch for differential lock, 1st differential
0116
F009
0121
F087
0079
F107
Control switch for brake lining wear, front left
0488
F108
Control switch for brake lining wear, front right
0490
F111
Control switch for brake lining wear, rear left
0492
F112
Control switch for brake lining wear, rear right
0493
200440
10
2-9
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
1
F113
10
LF45/55 series
2
Control switch, brake lining wear, rear left, 2nd rear axle (6x2)
2nd
F114
Control switch, brake lining wear, rear right,
F116
Oil level switch, RAS-EC
0462
F512
Wheel speed sensor, front axle, left
0407 0430
F513
Wheel speed sensor, front axle, right
0408 0432
F514
Wheel speed sensor, driven axle, left
0410 0433
F515
Wheel speed sensor, driven axle, right
0411 0435
F533
0050
F552
Crankshaft sensor
0601 0640
F558
Camshaft sensor
0603 0641
F565
Fuel temperature sensor
0604 0642
F566
Coolant temperature sensor
0605 0644
F601
Output shaft speed sensor, automatic gearbox
0504 0556
F602
Input shaft speed sensor, automatic gearbox
0505 0557
F603
Ultrasonic transmitter
0180
F604
Ultrasonic receiver
0182
F608
Fuel level sensor
0109
F612
Height sensor, ECAS, rear axle, left
0705 0721 0742
F613
Height sensor, ECAS, rear axle, right
0707 0743
F615
ECAS pressure sensor, driven axle, left/right
0746
F647
Engine oil pressure and temperature sensor
0608 0648
F648
Fuel rail pressure sensor
0607 0645
F649
Charge boost pressure and temperature sensor
0610 0647
F651
0104
F652
Air pressure sensor
0106
F670
Automatic gearbox turbine speed sensor
0507
F671
ECS-DC3 accelerator pedal sensor
0623 0662
F686
Alarm system radar sensor
0185
F692
Water separator sensor
0316
F695
Trailing axle angle sensor
0457
F696
Front axle angle sensor
0459
2-10
rear axle (6x2)
0495
0497
200440
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LF45/55 series
1
Electrical system
2
F705
Diode for switching off cab heater with running engine
0455
G000
Rear light/marker light and search light relay
0201 0210
G001
Dipped beam relay
0206 0239
G002
Main beam relay
0208 0242
G004
Fog lamp relay, front
0212 0253
G005
Fog lamp relay, rear
0118 0249
G008
Windscreen wiper relay
0166 0171
G014
Glow plug relay
0047 0631 0669
G015
Contact relay
0027 0030
G036
Stop light relay
0258 0259
G185
0541 (in VIM D822)
G188
Lighting relay, accessories
0030 0034
G201
0313 0634 0673
G203
Takeover relay, starter motor
0037 0038 0042 0044
G294
Relay, automatic gearbox
0541 (in VIM D822)
G350
Reversing light relay, automatic gearbox
0541 (in VIM D822)
G353
Contact relay
0028 0314
G354
0025 0163
G355
Seat heating relay
0353 0354
G367
0008
G368
0010 0015
G397
Relay, windscreen heating
0349
G425
Main switch relay
0064 0102
G444
Relay, cooling fans, automatic gearbox (AGC-A4)
0534 0535
G507
G516
G517
G520
G522
Central earth, starter motor
G523
Central earth, engine
G524
G525
200440
10
2-11
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
1
LF45/55 series
2
G528
Central earth connection, cab, left
G529
Central earth connection, cab, right
G735
Through-connection for Swedish lighting
0205
G742
Through--connection, VIC/DIP-4
0065
G743
Through-connection, main beam
0242
G744
Through-connection, cab heater/warning lamps/central door

locking
0301
G748
Node, V-CAN
0195
G750
Node, V-CAN
0448 0599
G752
Node, V-CAN
0059
G753
Node, V-CAN
0596
10
2-12
200440
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LF45/55 series
Electrical system
2.3 SECTION DIAGRAMS FROM CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 1427090/03

Overview of section diagrams of circuit
diagram 1427090/03
Section diagram no.
200440
Title of section diagram
Voltage before and after contact
Overview of earthing points
CAN overview
Main switch
Ignition/starter switch/charging circuit
MTCO tachograph
Immobiliser
Pre-glowing
DIP-4
Direction indicators/warning lamps
VIC
Marker lights/parking lights/tail lights
10
Reversing lights/buzzer
11
Lighting/dipped beam/main beam/Swedish lighting/fog lamps
12
Stop lights/cab tilting gear
13
Differential lock
14
Interior lighting
15
Mirror heating/windscreen heating/mirror adjustment
16
Search lighting
17
Air conditioning/heater fan
18
Seat heating/accessories connection
19
Horn/cigar lighter/work lamp/air dryer
20
ABS-D
21
ABS/ASR-E
22
ECS-DC3/exhaust brake
23
Cruise control
24
AGC automatic transmission (AT1000/2000)
25
AGC automatic transmission (MD3060)
26
PTO
10
2-13
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
Section diagram no.
LF45/55 series
27A
ECAS-3 LF45
27B
ECAS-3 LF55
27C
ECAS-2 LF55
29
Headlamp height adjustment/rotating beams
30
24/12 V 10/15 A converter for radio
31
CDS-3/drop glass operation/roof hatch
33
Windscreen wipe/wash system
34
ACH-W with timer
35
Application connectors, engine speed control, superstructure functions

and spare wiring
36
Break lining wear
37
ALS-S/battery charger, alarm BV2/BV3
38
Sockets, FA/FT
39
Water separator/fuel pre-heating
40
Airbag/seat belt tensioner
41
RAS-EC
10
2-14
200440
5
LF45/55 series
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
10
200440
2-15
VOLTAGE BEFORE AND AFTER CONTACT
2-16
When the ignition/starter switch (C841) is

turned against the spring pressure
(connection between points 1 and 2), relay
G015 remains activated.
When the ignition/starter key is released, the
contact/starter switch automatically springs
back and remains in the contact position.
VOLTAGE AFTER CONTACT

When the ignition/starter switch (C841) is set
to the contact position (connection between
points 1 and 4), relay G015 is energised via
wire 4001.
This then connects wire 1000 (voltage before
contact) to wire 1010 (voltage after contact).
VOLTAGE BEFORE CONTACT

Wire 1000 runs from the batteries (A500) to
the starter motor (B010), connecting point 30,
and via the main fuse (E349, 80 A) to
dashboard lead-through zone 1. Wire 1000
runs from the glow plug relay fuse (E286, 125
A) to the glow plug relay (G014). Wire 1000
and the + distribution bolt in dashboard
lead-through zone 1 provide a constant
voltage at pins 1 and 2 of connector 705 on
the PCB.
This provides voltage before contact for the
entire PCB. Power is also provided (by wire
1000) from point 30 on the starter motor to the
B+1 connection of the alternator (A513). Wire
1000 goes from the + distribution bolt to the
ignition/starter switch (C841).
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
LF 45/55 series
200440
200440
1427090/03
2-17
EL001553
2
3
4
1000
1/705
1000
1000
G014
1
5
125A
1000
E286
A500
80A
6
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
2/705
E349
8
9
31
1000
1000
G397
30
15
1000
1000
50A
G525
E299
10
11
12
1000
30
50
13
1/704
14
15
1000
B12/702
16
B-
17
B+1
1/808
4009
4009
4002
2/808
4/808
G203
1000
18
19
1000
B+2
C841
6/808
4009
730
4002
4001
B010
G525
20
S /4
21
23
1020
22
L /2
24
D29/
746
1020
C51/
745
1020
720
4173
4173
4173
1211
+15 /3
A513
1020
25
768
B8/703
26
27
D942
D900
28
A10/702
29
4001
4001
30
32
G517
33
G516
3
31
A11/702
G520
34
G015
35
36
1010
37
1211
1211
1211
38
768
1211
10A
A5/701
720
E035
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
1000
1010
53
Electrical system
LF 45/55 series
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
OVERVIEW OF EARTHING POINTS
2-18
G517
G507
G528
G520
G523
B038
G522
G525
G529
G524
G516
A500
E501365
Location
G516
central earth, cab
32
These earth points are also used
with an ABS-D (D941) system
35
Connector 790 is designed for a
CB set
68,70
The earth connection ends at
connector 718.
The application wiring harness
connected to 718 makes an earth
connection directly on the chassis
VARIANTS
This section diagram gives an overview of

all the earth connections, with wire
markings and connector points.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
LF 45/55 series
200440
G516
1E
9001
A021
2
1WR
1Y
1WK
11
13
14
1AA
12
B030
2
15
16
1AM
751
17
18
19
751
1WJ
10
1WN
1AH
D912
2
1AN
1AL
D911
A7
B001
2
20
21
726
1WX
B525
A5
22
23
24
25
26
27
D958
1
D942
M
B525
A6
9025
1WF
9107
D899
2
1CH
C892
6
1ZZ
C750
B
1C
C750
1
28
B000
31
29
30
31
32
33
34
22
C015
2
D961
A9
21
C003
2
20
C001
2
D961
A4
19
B130
2
1CC
C880
B
1CE
C525
B
731
35
790
36
774
C836
B
1AI
1V
1V
1LC
37
722
38
3
39
1LA
722
40
23
4
41
1LB
C870
B
722
42
18
43
B401
2
44
C835
B
17
16
15
14
45
46
800
200440
1427090/03
1AC
B
47
48
49
D942
2/708
D910
4
B129
2
C000
2
C002
2
C014
2
1A
50
51
52
53
LF 45/55 series
1F
5
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
EL001554
2-19
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
2-20
5
LF 45/55 series
200440
54
G516
55
56
D529
2
C774
B
C765
B
1G
57
58
754
59
60
C867
B
61
62
63
D900
E5
64
65
D931
8
66
67
B1
68
69
B2
70
71
C159
1
C144
1
C145
1
D851
14
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
C110
4
C111
4
79
80
81
82
83
C715
B
C158
2
C119
2
C736
1
84
85
D916
8
86
87
88
C736
8
C736
B
89
G507
90
91
B017
2
10
92
93
94
C062
2
95
B200
4
B018
2
96
G397
86
C864
8
C866
10
C866
3
C866
8
C865
10
C865
3
C865
8
C868
3
B199
4
C748
B
C763
9
C763
8
D900
A5
C725
B
C774
3
1W
1CU
1T
C804
B
1CS
1CV
1AV
1Q
781 819
1AW
1R
1YM
C727
B
1CS
C804
1
718
C871
4
718
1WE
814
1WL
815
1WM
1L
1WP
1XA
1M
1YF
1XB
1G
1AX
1E
1YG
1J
1F
1YK
1K
1H
1C
1P
1E
1C
E587
2
1A
1F
1YD
1A
1G
1G
1AZ
1L
1
1
1J
738
1H
97
10
1E
B032
1
1YL
1M
1K
1C
98
C864
10
C864
3
1F
99
739
1L
1A
1
1427090/03
1A
D926
8
G529
D521
7
100 101 102 103 104 105 106
G528
C063
2
LF 45/55 series
1D
200440
1G
1M
5
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
EL001555
2-21
CAN OVERVIEW
2-22
Location
2
The terminating resistor is in the
automatic transmission wiring
harness
8
Electronic unit, automatic gearbox,
AGC-T1000/2000 (D936):
If MD3060 gearbox is fitted, the
electronic unit is for AGC-A4
automatic gearbox operation
(D866)
16
wiring harness of the ECS-DC3
engine management system
VARIANTS
SEE THE SYSTEM MANUAL FOR MORE

INFORMATION
This section diagram gives an overview of all

the CAN connections, with wire markings and
connector points.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
LF 45/55 series
200440
3700E
3701E
850
3701E
10
3700E
11
12
829
829
3701E
13
14
3700E
15
B53/
757
16
17
18
724
A087
19
20
21
3700N
3701N
22
23
24
25
A3/
820
A1/
820
26
27
28
3700J
3701J
29
30
31
32
33
B21/
797
B20/
797
34
35
36
37
14/
755
12/
755
38
39
7/
755
40
15
41
42
16
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
A4/
752
A8/
752
4/
775
3/
775
D912
13/
755
D899
11/
755
5/
755
D20/
746
D18/
746
C1/
745
C2/
745
C14/
745
C15/
745
D900
51
B525
52
53
LF 45/55 series
3700E
3700E
120
B52/
757
3700E
3700E
850
3701E
3701E
3700E
3700E
3700M
3701E
3701E
A032
3700E
3700E
724
3701E
3701E
3701E
3701E
3701M
3700D
D911
B29/
853
3700G
3701D
3700B
3700L
3700F
B32/
853
3701G
3700C
3701B
3701L
3701F
D903
D961
3701C
3700K
3566
3701K
3565
3701H
D936 !
A021
3700H
200440
1427090/03
3700A
3701A
5
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
EL001556
2-23
120
MAIN SWITCH
MANUALLY OPERATED EARTH BREAKER

Turning main switch C553 anti-clockwise will
break the earth connection between the
batteries (A500) and the chassis earth point
G525. Because the tachograph (B525) must
have a power supply and earth connection at
all times, earth wire 9001 is connected directly
to the earth connection of the batteries
through 2-pin dashboard lead-through
connector 813 in zone 1.
1.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
2-24
LF 45/55 series
200440
1427090/03
1/705
1000
A500
1000
1000
80A
2/705
1000
1000
E349
C553
200440
10
9001
11
A5/
752
12
9001
1
13
813
1000
B525
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
D942
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
1000
LF 45/55 series
G525
5
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
EL001558
2-25
2-26
Connection point A5 is connected to the

positive terminal via wire 3173 after
connection point 88 of relay G367.
This connection transmits a signal to the ECU
to indicate that relay G367 has switched.
Switch C853 (switch for main switch in cab)

connects the C1 and C2 connections to the
C4 and C5 connections via wire 4176,
contacts 5 - 7 of switch C853, wire 4177,
contacts 1 - 2 of switch C854 and wire 4178.
Relays G367 and G368 are immediately
energised through wire 4174 and connection
point A3 (A3 is connected to earth for 0.5
seconds). This closes the connection between
points 88a and 88 of both relay G367 and
relay G368. The positive and the negative
terminals of the batteries are now connected
to the vehicles power supply.
Immediately after switch C853 closes,
connection point C2 is internally connected to
point A7.
ATTENTION: switch C854 must be

in the main switch on position
(connection between contacts
1 and 2).
Closing the main switch electrically in the

cab
The main switch (D924) can be closed:

electrically in the cab
electrically on the chassis
ELECTRICALLY OPERATED MAIN SWITCH
D924
G367
G368
E501695
C854
Switch C854 (switch for main switch on the

chassis) connects the C1 connection to the
G425
E153 E330

5 and 7).
Closing the main switch electrically on the

chassis

disconnects wire 4176, contacts 5 - 7 of
switch C853, wire 4177, contacts 1 - 2 of
switch C854 and the C1 and C2 connections
from the C4 and C5 connections via wire
4178.

1 and 2).
Opening the main switch electrically in the

cab
The main switch (D924) can be opened:


connection point 88 of relay G367. This
connection transmits a signal to the ECU to
indicate that relay G367 has switched.

point A7.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
LF 45/55 series
200440
200440
G425
D924
E153 E330
G367
G368
E501695
C854
Opening the main switch electrically on

the chassis

If the engine is running, it is switched off.
Two actions are carried out immediately after

switch C853 is opened:
1. Connection point A7 is connected to
earth (A2).
2. After a delay of approx. 6 seconds, relays
G367 and G368 are connected to earth
for approx. 0.5 sec. via wire 4175 and
connection point A4. This breaks the
connection between points 88a and 88 of
relays G367 and G368. The positive and
the negative terminals of the batteries are
now disconnected from the vehicles
power supply.
Note:
When one of the switches (C853 or C854)
that activate the electronic unit (close main
switch) is operated, relays G367 and G368
are activated after approximately 3 seconds. If
one of the switches is operated again within
the 3 seconds, the electronic unit (D924) will
select the priority main switch ON.


breaks the C1 and C2 connections to the C4
and C5 connections via wire 4176, contacts
5 - 7 of switch C853, wire 4177, contacts 1 - 2
of switch C854 and wire 4178.
earth (A2) in the unit.
for approx. 0.5 seconds via wire 4175
and connection point A4. This breaks the
power supply.

5 and 7).
Location
76
G368, main switch relay, earth
fitted depending on the
requirements for transporting
hazardous substances
88,90
These wires are only present if
ADR is fitted
94
Earth connection to connector
834 is only present if ADR is fitted
97
Connector 831: Only present if
the system is fitted with an
external current limiter (D826)
98,101 Connector 832: Only present if
the system is fitted with an
external current limiter (D826)
99
Electronic unit for VLG current
limiter (D826): Fitted depending
on the requirements for
transporting hazardous
substances. Version with
production date < 2002-49:
current limiter (D826) used as
shown
98,101 Version with production date
> 2002-49: current limiter
integrated into the MTCO (B525)
VARIANTS
5
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LF 45/55 series
Electrical system
2-27
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
2-28
5
LF 45/55 series
200440
54
55
56
60
61
62
63
1167
86
85B
64
65
66
1167
85A
67
68
69
70
1167
71
88A
88
4174
72
86
85B
73
74
85A
4175
80A
2/705
59
88A
88
4175
4174
75
76
77
0 I
A3
78
80
4177
79
81
A1
82
C5
C4
83
1167
1167
85
A7
A1
84
86
87
1167
88
1010
90
91
86 87A
85
89
E1/
747
87
30
92
4179
93
94
95
902
D900
A513
3
96
97
1167
98
99
831
831
A1/
752
B525
100 101 102 103 104 105 106
4
+
!
D826
A5/
752
1000
1010
LF 45/55 series
A500
58
E349
1008
C1
C2
4176
10A
B6/702
1357
1/705
1000
57
A2
4178
1000
1000
A3 A4
4174
4174
3173
1008
1009
1000
1009
5A
10A
E330
E153
4175
4175
1167
A5
G367
D924
G368
4176
4176
4176
4176
4176
822
718
C853
4178
4178
4177
4177
4177
C854
822
718
1167
1167
9036
9036
E143
834
822
1357
1357
1357
1357
834
D942
1357
1127
1000
4179
4179
4179
4179
4179
834 822
1427090/03
BN
822
G425
833
822
832
1123
1123
BW
9001
9303
9303
BN
833
822
200440
832
BW
5
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
EL001557
2-29
2-30
CHARGING CIRCUIT
When the ignition is switched on, power is
supplied to both the B+ connection and
connection 15 (pin 3) of the alternator.
An internal resistor in the alternator is
energised by an IC in the carbon brush holder.
This resistor ensures that a low level of
current passes through the energising
resistor. This excites a magnetic field in the
alternator.
STARTING CIRCUIT
When the contact switch is turned to the
start position, contacts1 and 2 in this switch
are connected. Power is supplied to relay
G203 via wire 4002. The VIC (D900) connects
G203 to earth when the neutral position
switch (E569) in the gearbox is closed. Relay
G203 now supplies power via wire 4009 to
connection point 50 of the starter motor
(B010). As a result, the starter motor is
energised.
This means that if the gearbox is not in neutral
the VIC does not connect relay G203 to earth
and the relay is therefore not energised.
The alternator is also equipped with a
sens connection (pin 4). However, this
connection is not used and is now connected
directly to B+2. The function of this connection
is to correct the voltage difference between
B+ and the batteries.
The alternator charging current warning lamp

is activated via wire 1020, which is connected
to the VIC (D900). The VIC controls the DIP
via the CAN network. The voltage on wire
1020 is switched by the control IC. Errors are
also shown on the DIP display through this
connection.
After starting, the voltage on terminals B+ and

15 (pin 3) will rise to about 28.5 V. Once this
voltage is reached, the control IC in the
regulator interrupts the pre-exciter coil to
enable the voltage to be regulated. The
magnetic field will now disappear, so that the
generator will not be energised for a short
period of time. As a result, the voltage on
outputs B+ and 15 will drop.
The regulator reactivates when the voltage
drops below 27.6 V. This means that the
voltage supplied by the generator remains
relatively constant. The batteries are supplied
through generator output B+1.
IGNITION/STARTER SWITCH/CHARGING CIRCUIT
CONTACT CIRCUIT
When ignition/starter switch C841 is turned to
the accessories position (contact 1
connected to contact 6), the accessories
relay (G355) is energised via wire 1130.
If ignition switch C841 is turned further
(contact 1 is connected to 4), ignition relay
G015 will be activated via wire 4001. Wire
1010 is supplied with power.
2.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
LF 45/55 series
200440
200440
1427090/03
2-31
EL001559
2
3
4
5
1000
1000
1/705
1000
1000
G014
1
5
125A
1000
E286
A500
80A
6
1000
1000
1000
2/705
E349
8
9
31
1000
1000
G525
10
11
30
12
1000
50
13
14
15
1000
4002
1/704
B12/702
4009
16
B-
17
B+1
1/808
4009
4002
4/808
G203
1000
18
19
1000
B+2
G355
1
18
C841
6/808
4009
730
2/808
4001
1130
20
S /4
21
23
1020
22
L /2
1211
+15 /3
24
D29/
746
C51/
745
4173
B8/703
25
26
28
G520
27
B1
B3
C20/
745
4721
858
D942
4721
4173
1020
720
858
B010
G525
A513
1020
1020
768
718
E569
4721
714
29
D900
30
31
A10/702
32
4001
4001
33
M
4
35
34
A11/702
36
37
G015
38
39
1010
40
1211
1211
41
768
1211
1211
10A
A5/701
720
E035
42
1211
43
44
B39/
757
45
46
D903
47
48
49
50
51
52
1000
1010
53
Electrical system
LF 45/55 series
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
TACHOGRAPH
2-32
Location
19
Electronic unit, ECAS-3 (D851):
If ECAS-2 fitted, then electronic
unit D802

INFORMATION
3.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
LF 45/55 series
200440
1000
A8/702
C622
2100
5A
A7/702
B4/
753
A1/
752
10
B2/
753
11
F533
B1/
753
A11/702
12
13
14
15
16
2 4
1
5
B7/
753
G000
B525
2101
A8/
752
26
A4/
752
D942
17
18
12/
748
19
20
3514
21
23
62/
837
22
720
A2/
752
28
A5/
752
24
25
27
D899
13
C
D899
11
C
29
30
A6/
752
A3/
752
31
E143
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
1000
1010
LF 45/55 series
B3/
753
3021
1000
E349
1
2
1000
714
1127
2100
714
1000
3514
1127
3018
3018
1000
1010
3019
10A
5/711
2100
3514
3514
E023
714
3019
E284
835
2100
D851
3020
3020
3700A
2170
3021
1427090/03
3514
3701A
2170
A13/702
714
10A
2170
9001
1357
B6/702
1357
1357
200440
9025
3
D940
5
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
EL001560
2-33
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LF 45/55 series

INFORMATION
4.
IMMOBILISER
Electrical system
2-34
200440
10A
B6/702
1357
E143
775
10
D912
1427090/03
11
12
13
14
D899
13
C
D899
11
C
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
D942
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
1000
1010
LF 45/55 series
775
1357
775
3700H
3700B
775
3701H
200440
3701B
1000
1010
5
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
EL001561
2-35
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LF 45/55 series

INFORMATION
5.
PRE-GLOWING
Electrical system
2-36
200440
A500
2/705
80A
E349
11
G203
5
2
1000
1000
30
10
E286
125A
31
1000
4001
C841
A10/702
4001
12
50
13
A11/702
14
15
16
1000
B-
17
18
B+1
19
20
1000
B+2
10A
21
S /4
A5/701
1211
1/705
1000
1/808
4/808
1000
2/808
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
4009
4009
E035
+15 /3
1211
22
24
1020
23
L /2
D29/
746
25
26
C8/
745
27
28
D900
29
30
31
32
4014
B39/
757
B1/
757
1177
33
34
720
B16/
757
B7/
757
1177
35
86
85
36
37
38
B4/
757
39
D903
1177
30A
1/706
1177
4001
730
B010
6/808
G525
B341
1211
1211
1211
1211
720
768
A513
G015
G525
720
768
4014
4014
1020
1020
D942
720
4013
4013
1211
779
779
G014
1177
1000
4014
1427090/03
4014
E160
40
B3/
757
1177
41
42
B9/
757
720
43
1177
1177
44
45
B14/ B15/
757 757
B12/ B13/
757 757
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
1000
1010
LF 45/55 series
G524
1010
G520
1000
G520
1177
G520
200440
G520
5
779
5
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
EL001562
2-37
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LF 45/55 series

INFORMATION
6.
DIP-4
Electrical system
2-38
200440
G742
10A
A7/701
E158
10
11
12
12
14
15
16
1427090/03
17
18
19
D18/
746
20
21
C2/
745
22
23
C1/
745
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
D912
3
C
D912
4
C
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
1000
1010
LF 45/55 series
13
D20/
746
13/
755
11/
755
14/
755
12/
755
7/
755
5/
755
3/
755
4733
3565
1303
2/
755
D899
3566
D942
3700C
1/
755
A021
3701C
D900
3700B
3700H
3701B
200440
3701H
1000
1010
5
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
EL001563
2-39
DIRECTION INDICATORS AND WARNING LIGHTS
2-40
26,28,31
Location
15,18
VARIANTS
Connector 763:
Not fitted on vehicle type FT
Connector 762:

INFORMATION
7.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
LF 45/55 series
200440
200440
1427090/03
2-41
EL001564
1000
1010
A8/702
G744
5
6
E349
1
2
4979
4979
4979
1000
1000
1000
1000
4979
A3/701
A1/701
741
15A
E019
9
10
12
B2
11
B3
4979
A1
2001
741
2002
2002
13
741
773
D39/
746
C775
2001
773
773
D38/
746
14
15
2008
16
763
B8
2008
2008
713
17
B7
2009
18
763
2009
713
E7/
747
2009
19
A000
E4/
747
20
21
22
E8/
747
A8/
743
2006
A7/
743
2006
2037
2036
E9/
747
722
2007
2006
721
C014
23
24
2036
2036
25
777
C016
26
A8
2036
2036
27
762
2036
713
28
2036
12
765
D942
C018
777
765
D900
G520
G520
29
762
30
2037
31
764
C019
A9
764
2037
762
2037
713
32
33
34
778
2037
G520
2037
778
C017
35
36
2007
37
722
2007
721
C015
38
D23/
746
39
2003
40
41
42
43
2003
44
6
1156
45
2170
5/708
15A
E114
2029
46
2036
E284
2
16
2170
2029
47
48
49
50
C765
51
52
1000
1010
53
Electrical system
LF 45/55 series
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
VIC
2-42
Location
33,39
Connector 762:
88
Electronic unit, ABS/ASR-E
(D961): If ABS-D fitted, then
electronic unit D941
116
AGC-T1000/2000 (D936): If
MD3060 gearbox is fitted, the
(D866)
156
Connector 780:
Not fitted on vehicle type FA. Wire
2155 only fitted in application
connector A070
182
Connector 763: Not fitted on
vehicle type FT
VARIANTS

INFORMATION
8.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
LF 45/55 series
200440
200440
1427090/03
2-43
EL001565
2
3
1000
1000
4
5
4001
C841
E349
1
2
1/808
1000
1010
2/808
4/808
6/808
A10/702
4001
4001
8
M
A11/702
9
10
2 4
11
12
G353
13
14
1240
1240
1358
10A
4/710
15
786
E091
16
17
18
D26/
746
4684
4684
19
G742
20
A2/
743
1114
15A
A12/701
21
D32/
746
4602
1240
786
E587
4602
E108
23
A5/
743
A9/
743
22
786
1199
15A
A6/702
E280
24
25
E5/
747
E3/
747
1198
15A
B6/701
26
E277
27
D13/
746
3636
733
D942
3636
28
29
3637
3637
733
30
F651
31
32
A1
3503
3503
34
762
12
33
713
D900
759
D12/
746
3503
F608
D3/
746
3636
759
35
36
B9
3408
37
762
3408
713
C34/
745
3408
766
38
39
10
A2
C30/
745
D1/
746
3402
40
713
E514
2
14
3408
F006
3402
762
2600
2600
A11/703
2600
766
3402
F000
7/709
41
0 I
42
43
3153
B20/
744
3153
C804
44
4593
46
C763
45
4593
D14/
746
47
48
1356
49
4051
4051
787
15A
B2/703
E282
50
1356
A9/703
51
1356
E564
D24/
746
1356
52
1356
1356
3/710
1000
1010
1356
53
787
Electrical system
LF 45/55 series
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
55
A2
1427090/03
57
P1
58
A3
59
B7
60
61
F652
D11/
746
B8
62
63
P2
A1
64
D31/
746
65
66
67
C2/
745
C1/
745
68
69
70
71
72
73
D904
74
C22/ C23/ C24/ C25/ C26/

745 745 745 745 745
D20/ D18/
746 746
14/
755
12/
755
7/
755
5/
755
75
2622
76
77
C49/
745
78
79
C892
8
17
B030
1
19
80
D900
C31/ C33/ C15/

745 745 745
81
82
83
A14/ A15/
820 820
85
C14/
745
84
A1/
820
86
A3/
820
87
88
D961
89
C13/
745
90
91
2/
737
92
3647
93
94
95
97
A9/
796
B16/
797
96
C36/
745
D911
98
99
D27/
746
D940
100 101 102 103 104 105 106
8/
837
11
56/
837
10
D28/
746
1000
1010
Electrical system
56
A4
714
D16/
746
714
D21/
746
3639
B9/
744
714
3565
5160
5160
3431
714
3566
9033
9033
D851
714
3700C
3642
3642
B10/
744
714
3701C
3643
3643
3638
3638
3638
4/769
3700D
3700J
3700G
D899
3644
3644
3640
3640
3640
2/769
3701D
3701J
3701G
25/
748
735
3432
3639
3/769
3638
3638
7/769
2622
2622
2622
3641
3641
3641
5/769
4614
4614
3639
3639
3639
6/769
3427
3427
3647
3647
3647
13/
748
D905
3725
3725
D942
3647
719
835
3726
3726
3725
3652
3652
719
835
2-44
3726
54
1000
1010
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LF 45/55 series
EL001566
200440
3435
724
A1
B25/
853
D936
801
7/
802
A8
D758
B11
F009
2
12
3143
C891
B1
23
741
C891
B6
23
C891
B7
23
741
D8/
746
B5
F692
1
39
714
C19/
745
C51/
745
G203
2
2
B23/
744
B4
B245
1
26
714
C18/
745
B19/
744
B1
A1/
743
C750
5
26
C765
6
7
B15/
744
C892
5
17
D23/
746
5189
D926
D903
B17/
744
A6
F107
1
36
A4/
743
C119
1
14
D36/
746
D34/
746
E004
2
11
C727
6
11
D29/
746
A513
L
2
C9/
745
B12
C071
1
19
1000
1010
C725
5
19
107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159
B63/
757
3435
716
829
3670
3670
3144
3143
5189
2003
2003
C17/
745
713
B16/
744
736
C35/
745
2114
2114
D900
2140
2140
B13/
744
741
3144
3142
3142
5049
5049
4173
4173
4596
4596
3458
3458
3458
720
D942
713
B5/
744
3412
3412
1000
1010
718
824
798
798
713
714
858
4030
4030
4030
3479
3412
3412
1427090/03
3412
LF 45/55 series
858
751
4594
4594
B079
3406
3406
2610
2610
1020
1020
2155
2155
2155
2155
200440
780
2155
5
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
EL001567
2-45
1427090/03
C727
3
11
G002
5
11
G014
2
22
G005
1
11
B3
B1
C7/
745
E285
2
11
E515
1
14
C42/
745
A4
B14/
744
A2
F087
1
26
C32/
745
B10
C4/
745
D5/
746
B4
D6/
746
B5
D7/
746
B6
10
D9/
746
B3
D25/
746
A6
11
A068
A021
A004
1000
1010
160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212
C727
5
11
2150
2150
2150
2168
2168
4014
720
4014
2122
2122
2647
2647
2639
2639
3435
3435
D22/
746
718
824
C20/
745
718
C40/
745
718
C6/
745
718
C8/
745
718
D35/
746
G520
718
816
4721
4721
4721
714
858
E569
713
763
3524
3524
3524
4047
4047
3428
3428
3428
3144
3144
3145
3145
3146
3146
3143
3143
3420
D900
D942
718
2-46
4594
8
858
Electrical system
718
1000
1010
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LF 45/55 series
EL001568
200440
5
LF 45/55 series
200440
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
2-47
MARKER LIGHTS/PARKING LIGHTS/TAIL LIGHTS, FA/FT
2-48
34,36,39
24
Location
21
VARIANTS
Connector 809: Only fitted on

vehicle type FA
Connector 810: Only fitted on
vehicle type FA
Connector 762:
By switching the lighting switch (C622) to the

1st position (connection between contacts 2
and 1), relay G000 is activated through wire
2100. Relay G000 provides the left/right
marker lighting on top of the cab and the left
tail light with voltage through fuse E284, wire
2170. A connection is also fitted in drawn
vehicle socket A000 (pin 2).
The right-hand tail light and the parking light
receives power via fuse E283, wire 2169.
A connection is also provided in drawn vehicle
socket A000 (pin 6).
9.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
LF 45/55 series
200440
200440
1427090/03
2-49
EL001569
2
3
E349
1
2
1000
1010
1000
1000
2
4
2100
C622
A13/702
2100
2100
10
12
2 4
11
A11/702
13
14
G000
15
16
2101
2170
C158
17
18
2170
2170
2170
2170
10A
B10/703
19
736
C159
E284
20
21
2170
G520
22
809
809
23
2170
2170
24
765
A10
C022
2170
2170
1/710
2170
765
713
762
25
26
27
D942
2170
28
29
2169
30
31
32
A000
33
34
12
762
A11
35
2169
G520
36
37
C023
2169
2169
764
764
2169
2169
10A
A4/703
713
762
E283
38
39
2169
G520
40
810
810
41
42
43
2169
2169
2169
A5/703
2169
44
722
721
C156
45
46
722
2169
C157
47
48
49
50
51
52
1000
1010
53
Electrical system
LF 45/55 series
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
2-50
Location
22, 27 Connector 762:
32
Connector 758:
VARIANTS
When the contact is switched on, power is

supplied to the reversing light switch (E501)
via E018 and wire 1217.
This switch is mounted in the gearbox. The
contacts are closed when the gearbox is
switched to the reverse position.
Power is then supplied via wire 4591 to the
reversing lights (C026/C027) and drawn
vehicle connector A001.
The reversing buzzer (B176) can only be
activated via wire 5104 if the dashboard
switch (C880) is in position I. Switching C880
to the 0 position turns off the reversing buzzer.
The application connector (A070) also has a
connection that is switched by the reversing
light switch (E501).
10. REVERSING LIGHTS/BUZZER
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
LF 45/55 series
200440
1000
1010
1000
1000
E349
1
2
4/808
1/808
1000
6/808
4001
C841
A10/702
4001
10
11
12
15A
B11/702
13
E018
713
14
15
4591
E501
1217
1217
16
17
4591
18
19
20
762
4591
4591
4591
A7
4591
21
4591
22
23
24
12
4591
4591
A001
4001
A070
25
762
26
27
B2
A3
28
0 I
4591
4591
5104
D942
764
C027
765
C026
765
1427090/03
764
29
713
C880
30
713
758
5104
5104
200440
758
10
G520
B176
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
1000
1010
LF 45/55 series
G520
5
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
EL001570
2-51
2/808
2-52
Position 2 (dipped beam)

2nd position (connection between contacts 2
and 4), relay G001 is energised through wire
2110. Power for the dipped beam headlights
(C000) and the VIC is supplied via fuse E004
and wire 2114 through pin D36/746.
Dipped beam C001 is supplied with power via
fuse E005 and wire 2113.
Diode D609 ensures that relay G000 remains
activated when the light switch is turned to
position 2.
Position 1 (town lights)

1st position (connection between contacts 2
and 1), relay G000 is activated through wire
2100. Relay G000 provides power to the
marker lights and tail lights and to the fog
lamps switch (C727), pins 1 and 2. This is
done via fuse E285, wire 2639. There is also
a connection via the same fuse and wire to
the VIC (pin C7/745) for the light on buzzer
(in DIP).
LIGHT SWITCH
Main beam
When the main beam headlights are switched
on, points A4 and B4 of the steering column
switch (C775) are connected to each other.
Pin A4 is supplied with power via diode D610
when light switch C622 is turned to position 2.
Relay G002 is then again energised via wire
2120, as a result of which the main beam
headlights (C002/C003) will come on.
Signalling light
Steering column switch C775 is supplied with
power before contact at pin B3. This power
supply is used for signalling. During signalling,
points B3 and B4 are connected to each
other. This is a spring-loaded connection.
Relay G002 is activated via wire 2120. Relay
G002 supplies power to the main beam
headlights (C002/C003) via fuse E006,
through-connection G743 and wire 2122. Wire
2122 is also connected to pin C6/745 of the
VIC and the spotlights (C006/C007). The VIC
switches on the main beam indicator in the
DIP via the I-CAN.
Diode D610 prevents voltage from getting to
relays G000 and G001 through connection A4
when the main beam switch is pulled back
further during signalling. Otherwise this would
activate all the other lights during signalling.
MAIN BEAM
LIGHTING/DIPPED BEAM/MAIN BEAM/SWEDISH LIGHTING/FOG LAMPS
MARKER, PARKING AND TAIL LIGHTS

FOR SECTION DIAGRAM AND
EXPLANATION: SEE SECTION DIAGRAM 9
11.
The interior lighting will NOT switch off when

the engine is started.
SWEDISH LIGHTING
Swedish lighting is provided using
through-connection G735. When the vehicle
ignition is switched on, relays G000 and G001
are directly activated via fuse E282. As a
result, the dipped beam headlights are
activated and the fog lamp switch (C727) is
supplied with power.
Diodes D784 and D785 are fixed on the PCB
of the fuse box. In vehicles that do not have
Swedish lighting, diode D784 prevents relay
G001 from being activated when the light
switch (C622) is in position I. Diode D785
prevents relay G000 from being activated
when the light switch is moved to position II.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
LF 45/55 series
200440
200440
REAR FOG LIGHTS

When the fog lamp switch (C727) is set to
position II, which is spring-loaded, the VIC
receives a voltage signal at pin D35/746,
provided that light switch C622 is in position 1.
The VIC then activates relay G005 through
pin C40/745. Relay G005 supplies power to
the rear fog lamps (C024/C025) via fuse
E009, wire 2152.
If the lighting or the ignition has been turned
off and the lighting is then turned on again,
the fog lamp switch (C727) will have to be
re-set to position II in order to switch on the
rear fog lamps.
Power is also supplied to drawn vehicle
connector A001 (pin 7) via wire 2152.
FRONT FOG LIGHTS

Moving the fog lamp switch (C727) to position
I (fog lamps, front) activates relay G004 via
wire 2140, provided that light switch C622 is
in position 1. Relay G004 supplies the front
fog lamps (C008/C009) with power through
fuse E009 and wire 2142. The VIC (D900)
also receives power through wire 2140 at pin
D34/746. The VIC switches on the front fog
lamps indicator on the instrument panel
through I-CAN.
SPOTLIGHT
Operating the main beam switch (C775)
energises main beam relay G002 via wire
2120. Relay G002 supplies power to the
spotlights (C006/C007) via fuse E006 and
wire 2122.
Location
9
Removable through-connection
G735 for Swedish lighting (see
label on fuse box)
11
The diode is located on PCB D492
15
Diode located in diode block on
the bottom of the central console
18
Diode located in diode block on
the bottom of the central console
24
If only a rear fog light is fitted,
switch C727 is replaced by switch
C773.
26
The diode is located on PCB D492
76,81
Connector 762:
VARIANTS
5
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LF 45/55 series
Electrical system
2-53
1427090/03
200440
EL001571
1
2
B3
4979
4979
741
1000
A1/701
A3/701
15A
B4
A4
E019
B2/703
1000
15A
1000
E282
1356
2154
772
E349
1
2
C775
4979
4979
772
2148
G735
10
11
2100
D784
12
13
14
2110
!
9
2100
2100
15
16
2110
2 4
!
4
17
18
19
2110
G000
2154
798 D610 798
20
0 l ll
2154
22
21
2101
2140
741
2639
1000
1010
2120
772
A9/703
C622
A13/702
2100
798 D609 798
2110
2150
2639
10A
A6/703
2639
E285
23
B2/703
24
B6/703
2148
25
2639
2639
2639
C727
26
27
B12/701
2110
29
D35/
746
28
D34/
746
C7/
745
2140
C6/
745
D36/
746
2639
2150
2110
2114
2140
D942
D785
2122
30
31
2140
2 4
32
33
G001
2120
B4/702
2120
35
2120
2112
2120
34
D900
741
36
B3/701
37
38
2114
2114
A4/701
2114
2114
2114
39
722
2-54
11
721
C000
40
2113
10A
E004
2113
10A
A1/703
2113
41
721
C001
E005
42
43
2122
44
45
2 4
721
46
A8/701
2122
2122
A9/701
2122
2122
47
2121
2122
721
C003
2122
2122
C002
722
G002
48
49
G743
50
15A
51
52
2140
53
1000
1010
2122
E006
Electrical system
LF 45/55 series
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
54
1427090/03
55
56
2140
2122
6/711
2140
57
58
2122
59
2122
60
61
2142
C008
62
2122
63
C007
64
2142
65
2142
66
67
M
A11/702
68
69
2 4
3
5
70
71
G004
2141
72
15A
73
74
75
2152
76
A12
2141
A3/703
7/711
2142
722
C009
77
78
79
80
81
2152
2168
4 2
713
762
2152
2152
2152
2152
2140
722
C006
722
E009
765
C024
765
G005
A001
A3/702
82
12
C40/
745
2168
D942
83
762
1000
1010
D900
84
764
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100 101 102 103 104 105 106
1000
1010
LF 45/55 series
G520
200440
C025
11
764
5
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
EL001572
2-55
STOP LIGHTS
When stop light/clutch operating switch E587
is operated (connection between contacts
4 and 3) by depressing the brake pedal, relay
G036 is energised via wire 4602. Power will
also be supplied to the VIC (pin D32/746).
Through fuse E013, wire 1209, contacts 3 and
5 of relay G036 and wire 4601 a voltage is
now applied to the right stop light (C021) and
the left stop light (C020), so that they come
on. The lights that are connected via drawn
vehicle socket A000 will also come on. The
ECAS-3 unit (D851) or ECAS-2 unit (D802)
then also receives a signal.
Application connector A070 is also connected
to wire 4601.
12. STOP LIGHTS/CAB TILTING GEAR

CAB TILTING GEAR
The switch for the cab lock (F009) is a
normally closed switch. The switch is
opened when the cab is in the driving position.
When the cab is tilted, the switch closes and
pin B16/744 of the VIC is connected to earth
via wire 4312.
When the alarm is active it knows that the cab
is in the driving position because a small
current goes to earth through the control
switch for cab tilting (F009). Diode D758
prevents this current from also flowing to earth
through the VIC (the VIC in sleep mode), in
which case the alarm would not know whether
the cab is being tilted intentionally or by
accident.
2-56
Location
23,28
Connector 762:
29
On a 6x2 vehicle, ECAS-2
electronic unit D802 (7/340)
VARIANTS
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
LF 45/55 series
200440
3412
B5/
797
3412
D911
D758
B11
11
15A
718
798
A8
10
12
D26/
746
4684
13
E091
2
8
14
D900
15
2 4
16
17
18
19
G036
3
4601
20
21
4601
10A
22
A13
B5/703
1209
23
24
25
4601
D942
8/707
E282
4602
D32/
746
786
E587
B10/702
4602
4602
4602
1356
786
786
3479
3412
3412
3412
798
713
F009
G520
A070
E013
713
762
4601
4601
4601
4601
B16/
744
3412
3412
1000
1010
26
27
4601
28
12
24/
748
29
D851
762
4601
A000
4684
824
765
C020
765
1427090/03
1240
30
764
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
1000
1010
LF 45/55 series
G520
200440
C021
12
764
5
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
EL001573
2-57
If the contact switch (C841) is activated, a

voltage is applied through fuse E018 and wire
1217 to the switch for the cross-axle
differential lock (C748). If switch C748 is
operated, a voltage is applied to the operating
valve for the cross-axle differential lock (B243)
through wire 4517. If the differential is locked,
the differential lock control switch (F006)
connects pin C34/745 of the VIC to earth via
wire 3408. The VIC will activate the DIP
through I-CAN to switch on the differential
lock switched on indicator.
13. DIFFERENTIAL LOCK
2-58
Location
17,21
Connector 762:
VARIANTS
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
LF 45/55 series
200440
1427090/03
1000
1010
1000
1000
E349
1
2
4/808
1/808
1000
4001
C841
6/808
A10/702
10
4001
15A
A4
12
0 I
11
4001
13
12
E018
C748
713
1/708
1217
1217
4517
4517
4517
4517
762
766
766
14
B243
15
16
C34/
745
17
B9
18
19
D900
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
D942
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
1000
1010
LF 45/55 series
G520
762
3408
3408
3408
713
762
766
200440
3408
13
F006
5
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
EL001574
2-59
2/808
2-60
Electrical system
In an SL cab, the bunk lights (C110 and C111)

receive power through fuse E028. Operating
the switches in the bunk lights turns the lights
on. The interior lighting (C119) also contains a
bunk light function that is activated in exactly
the same way.
When the vehicle ignition is switched on, the

power supply to pin A4/743 of the VIC will
cease immediately. The lighting will be
switched off immediately.
When the door on the drivers side is closed

(contact between 1 and 2 interrupted), power
is no longer supplied to pin D1/746 of the VIC.
From this moment, pin A4/743 will continue to
be supplied with power for about another
9 seconds.
Power is supplied to the door switches (E514

and E515) through fuse E028 and wire 1107.
If the door on the drivers side is opened, door
switch E514 is activated (connection between
1 and 2). As a result, power will be supplied
via wire 2600 to the left-hand stepwell lighting
(C062) and to pin D1/746 of the VIC (D900).
The VIC also turns on the interior lighting
(C119) via pin A4/743, provided that the
switches are in the correct position. At the
same time, a voltage signal is applied to the
alarm system electronic unit (D911) If the
alarm system was activated, it can be
triggered in this way to activate the alarm horn
and hazard warning lights.
Switch E515 provides exactly the same
function on the co-drivers side.
14. INTERIOR LIGHTING
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LF 45/55 series
200440
200440
1427090/03
2-61
EL001575
14
1000
1010
1107
C110
1107
1107
1107
1107
3/709
736
C111
15A
E028
7
8
1107
10
11
2610
C119
2610
736
12
13
10
2647
14
739
2647
739
C063
G507
733
15
2647
16
17
18
D22/
746
A4/
743
2
1
2610
2647
1107
1107
1107
2647
A13/703
19
20
1107
2647
E515
21
D1/
746
2600
7/709
22
2600
2600
23
D900
2600
24
1107
25
E514
2600
A11/703
27
B11/
797
26
B10/
797
2647
D942
2600
28
2600
A12/703
29
30
D911
31
32
10
2600
33
738
2600
2600
2600
B11/703
733
738
C062
G507
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
1000
1010
53
Electrical system
LF 45/55 series
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
2-62
WINDSCREEN HEATING SYSTEM

If the vehicle has a windscreen heating
system, the windscreen heating relay (G397)
will be energised when the mirror heating
system is activated.
The windscreen heating system (B371) will be
supplied with power via fuse E299. The
windscreen heating relay (G397) will
automatically be de-activated after
12 minutes.
MIRROR HEATING
wire 4001. This relay supplies power to the
mirror heating switch (C867) and the mirror
adjustment switch (C868) via fuse E044 and
wire 1208.
When the mirror heating switch (C867) is
operated, power is supplied to mirror heating
B017 (drivers side) and B018 (co-drivers
side) via wire 4532.
The time-dependent windscreen heating relay
(G397) will also be energised. This relay will
automatically be de-activated after 12
minutes.
The mirror adjustment system can only be

used if the contact relay (G353) is energised.
For this, wires 4770 and 4774 (left-hand side)

or 4771 and 4774 (right-hand side) supply
power to the motor for the left/right movement.
Wires 4772 and 4774 (left-hand side) or 4771
and 4774 (right-hand side) supply power to
the adjusting motor for the up and down
movement.
When pins 10 and 5 are connected, mirror

adjustment switch C868 is in the right mirror
position. When pins 8 and 4 are connected,
the mirror adjustment switch is in the left
mirror position.
MIRROR ADJUSTMENT
The outside mirrors are adjusted using
joystick switches C868 (drivers side and
co-drivers side). If the handle of the switch is
moved from the rest position (centre) in a
particular direction, power will be supplied to
mirror adjustment motor B005 (left-hand side)
or B006 (right-hand side) and the mirror in
question will follow the movement of the
handle.
15. MIRROR HEATING/WINDSCREEN HEATING/MIRROR ADJUSTMENT
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
LF 45/55 series
200440
200440
1427090/03
2-63
EL001576
15
1000
1010
A500
80A
1000
1000
1000
1000
E349
50A
2/808
1000
4/808
6/808
1/808
8
9
4001
C841
1603
E299
10
87
30
4530
1603
4001
A10/702
11
87A
B371
4001
G507
12
13
14
86
85
t=12m
G507
4532
15
10
16
739
4532
7
17
4532
4532
4532
18
733
C867
19
1208
739
4532
789
4532
B018
0 I
G397
789
2
20
4532
4532
788
788
4532
738
M
21
B017
23
2 4
22
A11/702
24
25
G353
26
1208
27
1358
28
11
1208
29
738
1208
1208
20A
6/709
732
D942
1208
E044
30
31
1208
32
33
10
1208
G507
34
738
35
36
37
14
14
38
39
40
41
42
43
4774
4770
738
4774
13
13
4773
4773
738
4771
4771
12
12
4773
739
10
4773
789
4771
739
4774
739
4774
738
4774
4774
C868
4773
4771
789
4774
789
4771
B006
4774
4772
788
4770
4770
44
788
45
4772
4772
46
788
B005
47
48
49
50
51
52
1000
1010
53
Electrical system
LF 45/55 series
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
SEARCH LIGHTING
Search lighting refers to lights or LEDs in the
various function switches.
When the lighting switch (C622) is operated,
relay G000 is energised. This relay supplies
power to turn on the various search lighting
lamps or LEDs through fuse E284 and wire
2170. This also activates the tachograph
lighting (B525).
16. SEARCH LIGHTING
2-64
Location
44, 52 Connector 762:
VARIANTS
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
LF 45/55 series
200440
200440
1427090/03
2-65
EL001577
16
E349
1
2
1000
1010
1000
3
4
1000
2100
C622
A13/702
2100
2100
9
11
2 4
10
A11/702
2170
12
13
C865
B
14
10
G000
2170
2170
15
738
2170
738
C866
2101
G507
16
17
10
B
2170
2170
18
739
2170
2170
739
C864
G507
2170
10A
A10/703
732
E284
19
20
2170
2170
21
C159
22
2170
2170
23
C736
24
2170
2170
2170
B10/703
736
25
C158
26
D942
2170
27
C715
28
29
2170
30
C727
31
2170
32
C804
33
2170
2170
5/711
34
C748
35
2170
36
C763
37
38
A5/
752
39
A2/
752
9001
2170
40
B525
41
42
43
44
2170
45
2170
2170
762
765
C022
A10
765
2170
1/710
713
46
47
2170
48
49
50
51
A000
52
12
2170
53
762
1000
1010
G520
Electrical system
LF 45/55 series
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
2-66
5
LF 45/55 series
200440
55
2170
2170
1427090/03
C750
57
2170
58
C880
59
2170
60
C853
61
2170
62
C870
63
64
C836
65
2170
66
C725
67
2170
68
C867
69
2170
70
C774
71
72
0 1
73
74
2170
75
76
2029
77
78
79
C765
80
81
82
83
84
2170
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100 101 102 103 104 105 106
1000
1010
LF 45/55 series
56
6/708
2170
2170
2170
8/709
2170
2170
D942
800
C835
1000
1010
B1/700
200440
54
16
800
5
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
EL001578
2-67
Electrical system
2-68
AIR CONDITIONING
Depending on the engine temperature,
voltage is applied to wire 5189 from pin
A1/743 of the VIC unit. When the engine
temperature goes above a certain value, the
VIC unit switches this voltage off so as to
prevent the engine from overheating. When
the temperature falls back below a particular
temperature, the voltage is switched on again.
To supply the air conditioning switch (C893)
with voltage, the parallel switch in the heater
fan switch (C892) must be closed. This switch
is closed in positions 1 to 4. The
air-conditioning compressor temperature
switch (E508) prevents the heater fan from
freezing and is closed at normal operating
temperature. The air conditioning operating
switch, high/low pressure, is operated
depending on the pressure in the air
conditioning system.
When all conditions have been met, the air
conditioning compressor (B043) is activated.
Diode D787 is fitted in the air conditioning
compressor so as to damp high voltage peaks
that can arise during switch-off.
HEATER FAN
The heater motor (B377) is supplied with
voltage after contact through fuse E031. The
motor is activated when the heater fan switch
(C892) is turned, so that earth is connected.
The heater fan motor is fitted with an
overheating protection device between
contact 7 and the connection points of the
operating switch.
17. AIR CONDITIONING/HEATER FAN
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LF 45/55 series
200440
E031
751
B10/701
1201
15A
A11/701
1201
RD
751
11
A4
12
13
A1
14
15
C892
B1
16
17
B2
18
19
A2
20
A1/
743
21
22
C49/
745
23
24
D900
25
D942
28
29
26
27
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
1000
1010
LF 45/55 series
10
B5 A5 B3 B4
01
751
RD
RD
B377
RD
ZT
GL
BW
751
VT
GN
GS
GL
GS
GS
751
GL
RD
C893
GS
ZT
5189
4655
RD
02
751
751
E508
4655
4655
1201
2622
2622
OE
2622
1427090/03
RD
1000
1010
D787
5055
5055
5055
734
720
734
E509
B043
200440
768
17
5055
5
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
EL001579
2-69
2-70
ACCESSORIES CONNECTION
12 V accessories socket A011 is connected to
24 V/12 V converter D958 through a white
2-pin connector. 12 V is applied to A011
before contact.
The converter is supplied with power at pin 3
after contact via contact switch C841 and fuse
E026.
The before contact connection, 1000, is
connected via fuse E027 at pin 2.
12 V before contact is applied to
CB connector 790 in the roof console through
connector 774 on the outside of the central
box.
SEAT HEATING
When the vehicle is put into accessories
position, relay G355 is energised. This relay
supplies power to the drivers side seat
heating system (B032) via fuse E039 and
wire 1227.
If the seat heating switch is activated, the
heating element will start warming up.
When the maximum temperature is reached,
a thermal switch in the seat heating system
switches off the heating element.
Location
31
12 V connector, at top of roof
console, to be used with CB, for
example.
VARIANTS
18. SEAT HEATING/ACCESSORIES CONNECTION
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
LF 45/55 series
200440
1000
1000
E349
1
2
4/808
1/808
1000
1130
C841
6/808
A2/701
10
1130
11
12
M
A11/702
13
14
2 4
15
G355
16
17
18
1226
20A
E039
781
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
24V
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
12V
D958
B023
4
30
36
37
38
15A
B023
8
30
39
40
41
B023
7
30
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
1000
1010
LF 45/55 series
19
20A
B9/701
1105
E026
1105
B2/701
1227
1227
1227
10A
B8/701
1160
1160
1130
774
D942
1153
819
B032
819
781
E027
774
790
1153
1153
1427090/03
790
1000
1010
1153
200440
1108
18
A011
5
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
EL001580
2-71
2/808
2-72
AIR DRYER
When the ignition switch (C841) is on
(connection between contacts 1 and 4), relay
G353 is activated. This relay supplies power
to the air dryer heating element (B042) via
a thermal switch in the air dryer switches off.
The water separator sensor (F692) is supplied
with power via the same wire.
WORK LAMP
Work lamp switch C725 is supplied with
voltage from power supply before contact and
via fuse E052. When the switch is operated
voltage is applied to the work lamp (C071)
and to pin C9/745 of the VIC unit in order to
activate the work lamp indicator on the DIP
via I-CAN.
CIGAR LIGHTER
If the ignition switch (C841) is in the
accessories position (connection between
contacts 1 and 6), cigar lighter B030 is
supplied with power via fuse E026 and wire
1105. By depressing the cigar lighter, the
heating element is warmed up.
HORN
The horn (B401) is activated before contact
via steering column switch C775 (1000). The
horn is supplied with power via wire 4979 and
fuse E019.
Location
20,24
Connector 780:
Not fitted on vehicle type FA.
Wire 2155 only fitted in application
connector A070
VARIANTS
19. HORN/CIGAR LIGHTER/WORK LAMP/AIR DRYER
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
LF 45/55 series
200440
1427090/03
2-73
EL001581
1
2
1000
1010
B5
B2
C775
4979
4979
772
772
4979
A1/701
4979
4535
200440
19
741
5
6
E349
1
2
4535
4535
1000
1000
A3/701
15A
E019
7
8
4/808
4535
1/808
10
4001
11
1130
C841
6/808
721
B401
1000
742
2/808
4535
722
12
A10/702
13
4001
4001
14
A2/701
15
1130
1130
16
1105
31
2622
1105
A10/701
20A
17
E026
C49/
745
18
C9/
745
2155
2622
19
B030
20
21
2155
C071
D900
24
2155
1110
25
B12
2155
2155
26
780
0 I
23
2155
22
780
G520
2155
713
7/707
10A
E052
C725
D942
27
A070
28
30
2 4
29
A11/702
31
32
G353
33
F692
3
39
1240
34
B4
1358
35
1240
1240
G520
1240
1240
10A
4/710
713
36
B042
E091
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
1000
1010
53
Electrical system
LF 45/55 series
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
2-74
13,15,17,19,
32,34
29
Location
14
VARIANTS
Resistor B402:
Fixed on PCB D942
Connector 761:
Valve, ABS-D, ABS/ASR-E,
right front axle, B257:
Not fitted on 4S/2M system

INFORMATION
20. ABS-D
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
LF 45/55 series
200440
E143
10A
A4
10
F513
715
F512
715
715
4620
715
11
12
715
761
13
14
F514
15
715
761
16
17
715
761
6
18
19
F515
715
761
20
21
B5
4632
22
23
715
3
B6
4633
715
24
B256
25
26
B7
4634
27
28
715
3
B8
29
4635
A3
715
30
B257
A4
31
B1
32
B2
33
715
761
A1
36
37
34
35
38
3425
3425
39
40
B12/
750
4620
4621
715
761
A2
B15/
750
4621
4622
A7
B10/
750
4622
4623
4628
4628
4629
4629
4630
4630
4631
4631
A8
B13/
750
4623
G520
A5
B11/
750
4628
G520
A6
A10/ A11/
749 749
B5/
750
B2/
750
B4/
750
B1/
750
B6/
750
B3/
750
B18/
750
B17/
750
B14/
750
4629
D941
4630
A15/
749
C33/
745
C31/
745
D900
4631
A14/
749
4632
D942
4633
E190
4634
A8/
749
D866
V27
25
B402
4635
A7/
749
1357
1357
B5/702
15A
A13/701
1187
1187
1187
4614
1,5k
716
A2/702
4614
4614
B2/702
4614
4640
4640
4640
4641
4641
1427090/03
B258
1000
1010
4614
4641
4614
3427
3425
200440
41
A021
20
G520
42
A4/
749
43
44
A9/
749
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
1000
1010
LF 45/55 series
761
5
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
EL001582
2-75
2-76
Connector 761:
Not fitted on vehicle type
FT
Valve, ABS-D,
ABS/ASR-E, right front
axle, B257: Not fitted on
4S/2M system
29
Resistor B402: Fixed on

PCB D942
12,14,16,18,31,
33,36,38,40,42
Location
14
VARIANTS

INFORMATION
21. ABS/ASR-E
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
LF 45/55 series
200440
E143
10A
4620
F513
715
F512
715
715
4621
715
10
11
715
761
4
12
13
F514
715
761
14
!
7
715
761
16
17
18
F515
715
761
19
20
B5
4632
715
21
B6
22
4633
715
B256
23
24
B7
4634
25
26
715
3
B8
715
4635
27
B257
28
29
30
31
715
761
B2
32
33
34
B3
35
B4
36
10
715
761
B1
715
37
38
39
12
5060
A3
40
727
761
A4
41
11
4578
A1
43
42
44
45
46
47
4620
4622
727
761
A2
4621
4623
4628
4628
4629
4629
4630
4630
4631
4631
A7
4622
G520
A8
B13/
821
4623
G520
4640
4640
A5
B11/
821
4628
G520
715
761
B258
4641
4641
761
4642
4642
4643
4643
761
48
49
A4/
820
50
51
A9/
820
52
53
1000
1010
LF 45/55 series
G520
761
B259
1427090/03
5060
A6
A10/ A11/
820 820
B7/
821
B16/
821
B9/
821
B8/
821
B5/
821
B2/
821
B4/
821
B1/
821
B6/
821
B3/
821
B18/
821
B17/
821
B14/
821
4629
B10/
821
A3/
820
4630
B15/
821
A1/
820
4631
D961
3701D
3700D
4632
A15/
820
C15/
745
4633
C14/
745
4634
B12/
821
15
C33/
745
4635
A14/
820
C31/
745
D900
4640
E190
4641
A8/
820
A4
B402
4642
A7/
820
1357
1357
B5/702
15A
A13/701
1187
1187
1,5k
716
D866
V27
25
4614
4614
A2/702
4614
4614
B2/702
4643
4614
5060
4614
3700J
3700G
1187
3427
D942
3701J
3701G
4578
3425
3425
1000
1010
B237
3425
200440
A021
21
4578
5
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
EL001583
2-77
2-78
Location
49
Connector 852: Optional
connector for remote
throttle function
66
The CAN terminating resistor is
fitted in the wiring harness, near
the B connector
129
This part of the ECS-DC3
electronic unit relates to the
BE engine (4-cylinder)
186
CE engine (6-cylinder)
VARIANTS
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE SYSTEM

MANUAL
22. ECS-DC3/EXHAUST BRAKE
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
LF 45/55 series
200440
A500
E349
30
E286
31
1000
A10/702
10
50
1000
4001
11
12
13
14
G015
15
16
3/710
17
1 3
18
19
787
A9/703
20
1356
80A
15A
B2/703
21
C8/
745
B5/
744
D24/
746
22
1356
1/705
1000
125A
4001
C841
23
724
1000
24
4014
25
26
3435
27
B16/
757
B63/
757
768
2/705
1000
1000
1/808
4/808
787
E564
1356
1356
4051
E282
3435
4051
D900
1211
1211
4013
28
86
85
29
30
10A
A5/701
1211
1211
E035
720
32
31
B4/
757
B39/
757
B1/
757
1177
1177
33
34
35
36
37
38
F671
39
40
42
43
44
F671
B73/
757
B50/
757
B12/ B13/
757 757
B72/
757
41
720
B81/
757
1177
B83/
757
D903
1177
B55/
757
B7/
757
720
B11/
757
4087
A513
+15
2
768
859
719
719
4677
4678
719
719
1000
1000
1000
2/808
1000
4087
4681
4014
4014
4677
719
4679
720
779
4679
4680
4680
1356
4014
4678
4051
4013
1177
E160
4681
776
779
779
G014
1177
B192
30A
1/706
1177
4680
45
46
719
D942
47
4680
1010
48
49
50
51
52
53
1000
1010
B68/ B85/ B21/

757 757 757
B68
1177
852
4001
A11/702
B010
B85
1177
4166
4166
6/808
G525
B341
G524
852
1211
859
1427090/03
4087
B21
1000
852
200440
852
22
768
LF 45/55 series
776
5
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
EL001584
2-79
54
55
15A
A6/701
1427090/03
56
B5
57
E165
58
59
60
61
724
G201
1179
5051
5051
5051
62
64
120
63
65
66
67
68
D900
C14
C
D900
C15
C
69
70
71
72
B25/
757
B37/
757
B53/
757
B52/
757
B2/
757
B18/
757
3700E
825
724
3701E
713
759
B182
9035
73
74
825
5048
9035
5048
3700E
3700E
3701E
724
3003
3003
3701E
3039
3039
A068
75
B3/
757
76
G520
724
77
B9/
757
78
G520
2-80
79
B14/
757
80
G520
22
81
B15/
757
82
83
D903
G520
D942
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100 101 102 103 104 105 106
1000
1010
Electrical system
759
1000
1010
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LF 45/55 series
EL001585
200440
WT
RD
BW
F552
WT/BN
RD
BW
F558
GL/BW
GL/RD
F565
GL/OE
GL/BN
F566
GN/GL
GN/OE
F648
GN/BN
U&R
F647
P&T
U&R
F649
P&T
C13/ C9/
828 828
C15/ C10/
828 828
C16/ C11/
828 828
C12/ C4/
828 828
1000
1010
LF 45/55 series
B134
107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159
VT/GL
A9/ A33/ A19/ A35/ A10/ A28/ A21/ A29/ A5/ A7/
827 827 827 827 827 827 827 827 827 827
VT/GN
A12/ A27/ A20/

827 827 827
VT/BN
A18/
827
VT/OE
A36/
827
BN/GL
A17/
827
BN/GN
A34/
827
BN
A23/
827
BN/OE
A30/
827
BN/WT
A25/
827
BN/VI
A24/
827
RD/GL
RD/OE
D903
WT/GL
D942
WT/GR
1000
1010
RD/GN
B334
RD/BN
B131
1427090/03
B132
WT/OE
200440
WT/BN
22
B133
5
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
EL001586
2-81
WT
RD
BW
F552
WT
RD
BW
F558
GL/BW
GL/RD
F565
GL/OE
GL/BN
F566
GN/GL
GN/BN
GN/OE
F648
VT/GN
VT/GL
U&R
F647
P&T
VT/BN
U&R
F649
P&T
C13/ C9/
828 828
C6/ C3/
828 828
C12/ C4/
828 828
C14/ C5/
828 828
C16/ C11/
828 828
C15/ C10/
828 828
1000
1010
Electrical system
160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212
VT/OE
A9/ A33/ A19/ A35/ A10/ A28/ A21/ A29/ A5/ A7/
827 827 827 827 827 827 827 827 827 827
BN/GL
A12/ A27/ A20/

827 827 827
BW/GN
A18/
827
BN
A36/
827
BN/OE
A17/
827
BN/WT
A34/
827
BN/VI
A23/
827
RD/GL
A30/
827
RD/WT
A25/
827
WT/RD
A24/
827
WT
BW/GL
D903
BW/OE
D942
RD/GN
B334
RD/BW
B131
WT/VI
B132
WT/BW
B133
BW/GN
B134
1427090/03
B135
22
BW/BN
2-82
B136
1000
1010
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LF 45/55 series
EL001587
200440
5
LF 45/55 series
200440
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
2-83
The right-hand steering column switch C891

is a multi-function switch for windscreen
wiper/washer functions and cruise control/
engine speed control. The VIC sends the
desired commands in respect of vehicle/
engine speed to the ECS-DC3 electronic unit
via the CAN network (see system manual).
When the innermost ring of switch C891 is
rotated (B5 with B6), power is supplied to pin
17/745. The ON function is now activated.
When the outermost ring of switch C891 is
rotated downwards (B2 with B1), power is
supplied to pin C18/745. This activates the
SET+ function.
When the outermost ring of switch C891 is
rotated upwards (B2 with B7), power is
supplied to pin C19/745. This activates the
RES -- function.
Operating the RES button at the end of the
switch has the same effect as turning the
RES -- rotary switch.
23. CRUISE CONTROL
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
2-84
LF 45/55 series
200440
1000
1010
A3/701
1000
15A
A1/701
4979
4979
4979
E019
741
1427090/03
10
11
12
13
4979
C891
14
15
16
17
D900
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
D942
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
1000
1010
LF 45/55 series
4979
741
1000
E349
1
2
C19/
745
C18/
745
C17/
745
3143
3144
B1/771
3143
B6/771
B5/771
741
B2/771
3144
741
1000
3142
3142
200440
B7/771
23
4979
5
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
EL001588
2-85
2-86
The electrical system of the automatic

gearbox is almost completely located on the
chassis.
Connections leading into the cab are provided
for a number of VIC functions:
fault messages from the automatic
gearbox (B25/853) to the VIC unit (D900)
Range inhibit (B23/853) to the VIC unit
(D900)
CAN connections (B29/853 and B32/853)
to the VIC unit (D900)
Neutral position protection (G/900) to the
VIC unit (D900)
Diagnosis of the automatic gearbox takes
place via the CAN network, which is
connected to the diagnostic socket (A032)
and the VIC unit (D900).
The earth connections are connected directly

to the earth side of the batteries (A500).
Voltage after contact is obtained via fuse

E279 and wire 1211.
The AT 1000/2000 automatic gearbox selector
switch (E585) receives power after contact
through fuse E016 and wire 1217. The
reversing lights are activated from the same
switch via wire 4591.
Power supply before contact is obtained

directly from the batteries (A500) via a
10 A fuse (E144) and wire 1302.
The voltage before contact can also be found
in the diagnostic socket for the automatic
gearbox (A032).
Location
122
Application connector (A096)
VARIANTS
24. AGC AUTOMATIC GEARBOX (AT1000/2000)
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
LF 45/55 series
200440
1000
E349
125A
1/705
1000
1/808
4/808
2/705
1000
1000
10
E354
15A
E144
4001
10A
6/808
11
1302
12
13
A11/702
14
15
16
1302
G015
17
18
19
E035
1
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
3701E
27
829
829
28
29
B1/ B5/
853 853
B32/
853
B29/
853
B2/ B4/
853 853
3700E
1211
B3/
853
120
720
10A
A5/701
1211
1211
1000
E286
A500
1000
1000
1302
3701E
G014
1
5
80A
1000
1000
2/808
1000
1211
3701E
1211
3700E
3700E
1302
1302
1302
1211
A10/702
1637
1637
5720
829
A032
C841
30
31
3701E
3700E
32
3701E
33
34
35
C2/
745
C1/
745
D936
3700E
36
A1
37
B13/
744
38
A3
39
C11/
745
10
B13/
853
B23/
853
B25/
853
3458
4001
908
829
716
3746
908
E597
B399
829
41
A4
40
716
4001
4614
D942
724
3701E
3458
829
B3
42
716
1010
724
3700E
3746
3458
830
43
C20/
745
D900
44
714
4614
3746
4721
4721
1000
45
46
47
829
1427090/03
830
48
/900
49
4721
50
829
51
52
53
4001
1000
1010
LF 45/55 series
G520
200440
4721
24
/900
5
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
EL001589
2-87
54
55
4001
A20/
854
A8/
854
A7/
854
A6/
854
A5/
854
56
57
58
59
60
61
F670
F601
62
63
64
F602
65
66
4A
67
4D
68
69
4B
70
E585
4C
71
72
7D
15A
B11/702
A7
73
74
5668
7C
C026
1
10
75
76
7F
C027
1
10
77
78
C880
5
10
5668
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
B201
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
A30/ A32/ A21/ A28/

854 854 854 854
A25
854
A22/ A23/ A24/

854 854 854
A4/
854
A10/ A29/
854 854
A2/
854
A3/
854
A1/
854
D936
1000
1010
A26/ A27/ A31/

854 854 854
D942
100 101 102 103 104 105 106
Electrical system
4001
4591
4591
1217
1217
1217
4591
4591
4591
D936
A15/ A16/ A13/ A14/ A17/ A18/

854 854 854 854 854 854
5656
5656
/900
5657
5657
/900
5660
5660
/900
5661
5661
/900
5708
E018
713
830
829
762
830
829
5658
5658
/900
5669
5669
5659
5659
/900
5674
5674
5709
5709
/900
5676
5676
5710
5710
/900
5706
5706
5711
5711
/900
5673
5673
5712
5712
/900
3740
3740
5668
5668
/900
5707
5707
4591
4591
4591
1217
1217
/900
1427090/03
/900
5670
5670
5696
5696
5666
5666
5671
5671
5675
5675
5672
5672
5695
5695
5663
5663
5662
2-88
5708
24
5662
1000
1010
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LF 45/55 series
EL001590
200440
B10/ B11/ B12/ B19/ B21/

853 853 853 853 853
B8/
853
B6/
853
D936
1427090/03
111
111
112
112
110
110
4596
D942
1000
1010
LF 45/55 series
A096
107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159
1000
1010
4006
4006
5628
5628
3718
200440
4596
24
3718
5
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
EL001591
2-89
2-90
Note:
Where an automatic gearbox is fitted, there
are two dashboard lead-through connectors,
716. One connector is occupied by spare
wiring (see application connectors) and the
other has 3 occupied positions (A1, wire 3458;
A3, wire 123; and A4, wire 4614), only one of
which is connected.
The 716 with the spare wiring is not then
connected and hangs loose near the
dashboard lead-through.
Electrical system

chassis.
gearbox (S31/905) to the VIC unit (D900)
CAN connections (S13/905 and S29/905)
Vehicle interface module (D822, pin F1)

to the earth side of the batteries (A500) and
also run to the electronic unit (D866) via the
VIM (pins K1 and K2).

E279 and wire 1211. Wire 1211 is connected
directly to electronic unit D866 (pin S4/905).
The wire also runs to the VIM (pin C1) and
various relays in de VIM are supplied with
voltage after contact via a 10 A fuse (IGN).
The voltage after contact can also be found in
the diagnostic socket for the automatic
gearbox (A032).

directly from the batteries (A500) via wire 336
and a 10 A fuse (MAIN) in the VIM (D822,
pins J1 and J2). The electronic unit (D866)
receives voltage before contact at pin V1/907
and V16/907 from the VIM (D822, pins R1
and R2) via wires 1164.
25. AGC AUTOMATIC GEARBOX (MD3060)
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LF 45/55 series
200440
125A
1000
1000
1000
1000
80A
2/705
1000
1000
1/705
1000
E286
A500
G014
1
5
25A
4001
C841
10
11
A10/702
12
13
5720
14
15A
A7
B11/702
1217
1217
15
E018
713
830
848
1/808
4/808
5721
5721
1000
E349
1000
336
E354
336
6/808
845
1637
2/808
1637
1637
844
G444
5720
5720
1637
847
4001
5720
5720
16
17
5721
1217
18
20
21
J1
22
R2
J2
23
L1
24
K1
25
K2
L2
26
27
C026
1
10
28
29
4591
B1
VIM30 A1
3
4
G350
2
S2
30
S3
G294
3
31
4591
32
A2
33
C027
1
10
B2 A3
34
M1
D822
35
36
D2 E3
37
SF02
38
E2
39
P1
40
F1
G185
3
41
42
G1
43
N2
SF04
44
45
C1 D1
46
47
M2
48
49
50
829
51
52
4721
1211
C2 F3 F2 H2
SF03
4721
E1
P2
V20/
907
V22/
907
V18/
907
V6/
907
VIM18
D866
53
1000
1010
V3/
907
V27/
907
10
D961
A8
21
D942
V2/
907
1010
V1/ V16/ V17/ V32/ V4/

907 907 907 907 907
R1
19
A11/702
846
829
10A
12WT
MAIN
21WT
4001
1164
336
1164
336
B399
847
5655
829
5720
5649
G015
5705
1217
E597
846
829
4006
4591
1217
1217
4614
4614
6034
10A
1000
829
5701
4721
B400
848
844
1427090/03
4591
LF 45/55 series
830
3662
200440
IGN
25
1211
5
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
EL001592
2-91
2-92
1427090/03
200440
EL001593
55
4721
1211
1000
1010
54
25
56
1
1211
1211
1211
1211
1211
A5/701
57
720
829
10A
E035
58
59
60
61
5689
1211
S17/
905
5690
S1/
905
1211
S29/
905
S13/
905
3701E
S4/
905
850
1211
3700E
62
850
F
5689
63
850
64
5690
65
850
C
3701E
3701E
66
67
120
850
68
3700E
3700E
69
850
70
A032
3700E
71
4721
3701E
72
73
C20/
745
74
C1/
745
3701E
3701E
3701E
829
75
724
76
C2/
745
3700E
3700E
3700E
829
77
3458
78
829
79
80
D866
D942
B13/ C49/
744 745
3458
716
S31/
905
A1
724
3458
2170
2170
82
849
81
D900
83
84
857
T
85
2170
86
87
11
5677
5677
88
843
89
5678
5678
90
5679
91
92
A3
S7/
905
5680
93
94
A4
S8/
905
5681
95
A5
96
S9/
905
5682
97
A7
98
S10/
905
5683
99
A6
B2
10
S14/
905
B1
S16/
905
A8
S32/
905
1000
1010
100 101 102 103 104 105 106
S15/
905
5684
5685
5686
5687
S6/
905
A2
843
5679
843
5680
843
5681
843
5682
843
5683
843
5684
843
5685
843
5686
843
843
S5/
905
A1
717
5678
717
5679
717
5680
717
5681
717
5682
717
5683
717
5684
717
5685
717
5686
717
5687
717
S3/
905
5677
B3
857
857
857
857
857
857
857
857
857
857
857
5687
857
D867
Electrical system
LF 45/55 series
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
V14/ V28/ V29/ V30/

907 907 907 907
V11/ V12/ V13/
907 907 907
V5/
907
T4/
906
T20/
906
T5/
906
T21/
906
T6/
906
T22/
906
T7/
906
T1/
906
T2/
906
T17/
906
T3/
906
T26/
906
T12/
906
T27/
906
T13/
906
T9/
906
T31/
906
T15/
906
T25/
906
T30/
906
T14/
906
T32/
906
T16/
906
5656
1427090/03
856
856
855
855
D
855
W
855
L
B201
855
H
855
C
855
855
5646
5646
153
153
177
177
11
5644
12
5644
855
855
855
855
855
855
855
855
855
855
855
V31/
907
10
107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159
F602
F601
856
856
6035
6035
1000
1010
LF 45/55 series
5656
5657
5657
5658
5658
5659
5659
5695
5695
5660
5660
5661
5661
5696
5696
5662
5662
5663
5663
5664
5664
5665
5665
5666
5666
5667
5667
5668
5668
5669
5669
5670
5670
5671
5671
5672
5672
5673
5673
5674
5674
5675
5675
5676
5676
167
167
5628
5628
5648
D866
D942
5647
1000
1010
A074
200440
5648
25
5647
5
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
EL001594
2-93
When the PTO operating switch (C750) is

operated, pin B15/744 of the VIC is connected
to earth. Depending on the conditions
programmed in the VIC (for example parking
brake activated or vehicle speed below a
certain value), the PTO operating valve
(B245) is supplied with power via pin B23/744
of the VIC. If the PTO is in fact switched on,
the gearbox-PTO control switch F087 is
operated to provide feedback to connection
point B14/744 of the VIC. This will activate the
indicator on the DIP.
26. PTO
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
2-94
LF 45/55 series
200440
1000
1010
0 I
10A
A5/702
1357
1357
A2
B14/
744
D900
B15/
744
4594
4594
E1/
747
E143
C750
3524
3524
10
3524
718
816
F087
816
11
G520
12
B23/
744
13
B4
4596
4596
4596
14
714
826
851
200440
1427090/03
4596
26
G520
15
B245
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
D942
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
1000
1010
LF 45/55 series
851
5
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
EL001595
2-95
2-96
Location
16
Fuse E051 may also be fitted
instead of fuse E062.
VARIANTS

MANUAL
27A. ECAS-3 4x2 LF45
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
LF 45/55 series
200440
1000
E349
1
2
1000
2/808
1000
4001
A10/702
4001
A11/702
10
11
2 4
12
1221
G353
754
13
14
D529
10A
15
4734
2/712
1221
E062
16
17
4731
18
19
20
754
754
4731
2/
748
21
22
1
L
23
24
9009
25
26
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
39
40
37
38
41
42
B7/
753
43
44
45
46
47
3/
748
4/
748
12/
748
24/
748
25/
748
21/
748
13/
748
B9/
744
B10/
744
D32/
746
8/
748
27
D851
E587
4
12
4602
18/
748
1/
748
2 4
1209
19/
748
11/
748
723
760
C841
723
760
4741
1/808
4/808
1356
723
760
1221
15A
4739
4739
4739
4740
1358
E282
9009
9009
9009
754
4/712
1221
1221
B10/702
4741
723
4001
D900
4740
4741
6/808
4734
F612
3431
4602
4602
G036
3432
10A
8/707
D942
E013
48
49
50
14/
748
5/
748
4601
4601
3514
3514
G520
1427090/03
4740
1000
1010
B525
4732
4732
4732
760
10A
B1/702
1229
1229
200440
A021
27A
760
E053
51
52
53
1000
1010
LF 45/55 series
B238
5
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
EL001596
2-97
2-98
Location
16
Fuse E051 may also be fitted
instead of fuse E062.
VARIANTS

MANUAL
27B. ECAS-3 4x2 LF55
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
LF 45/55 series
200440
200440
1427090/03
2-99
EL001597
27B
1000
1010
E349
1
2
1000
1000
2/808
4/808
1/808
1000
6
7
4001
C841
6/808
4001
A10/702
4001
11
2 4
10
A11/702
12
1221
13
14
D529
754
G353
15
4734
1221
10A
2/712
E062
16
754
1358
17
4731
18
1221
19
20
754
21
22
1
L
24
25
4736
9009
782
27
4739
723
F612
4736
723
4731
4734
1/
748
26
4736
2/
748
23
9009
7/
748
18/
748
9009
19/
748
3/
748
4/
748
12/
748
21/
748
20/
748
8/
748
4741
11/
748
4742
4740
1221
1221
4/712
F613
15A
28
9009
9009
29
E282
30
1356
9009
4602
4602
B10/702
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
24/
748
25/
748
13/
748
B9/
744
B10/
744
G036
D32/
746
3431
1209
3432
4602
4741
723
2 4
4741
782
4742
723
4740
723
4742
782
4740
782
E587
4
12
31
723
D851
782
9009
783
G520
782
B250
D942
3514
4739
783
4732
754
4739
4732
39
D900
40
41
42
B7/
753
3514
1229
1229
4601
4601
10A
8/707
E013
43
B525
44
45
46
4732
47
48
A021
49
50
14/
748
5/
748
10A
B1/702
51
E053
52
1000
1010
53
Electrical system
LF 45/55 series
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LF 45/55 series

MANUAL
27C. ECAS-2 (6x2) LF55
Electrical system
2-100
200440
1000
1000
E349
1
2
2/808
4/808
1/808
1000
4001
C841
6/808
A10/702
4001
A11/702
10
11
2 4
12
G353
13
14
10A
2/712
15
1221
1221
E051
754
16
17
D529
754
19
20
4731
21
22
805
23
20/
340
10
24
25
26
12
28
29
30
31
8/
340
25/
340
27
21/
340
E587
4
12
6/
340
9/
340
2 4
5/
340
1221
754
754
1356
32
33
4602
34
35
36
33/
340
37
34/
340
B9/
744
38
D20/
746
D18/
746
39
40
3565
3566
16/
340
41
11
D802
13
D900
B10/
744
D32/
746
1209
42
43
19/
340
5/
755
7/
755
44
45
27/
340
D899
46
47
E013
48
7/
340
17/
340
49
50
E053
51
1/
340
52
53
1000
1010
LF 45/55 series
18
4734
4/712
1221
1221
1221
723
903
1221
4753
4753
4753
904
903
15A
4731
4753
723
903
F615
1221
1221
E282
4734
F612
1358
F613
B10/702
4739
4739
4739
4736
3431
4602
4602
4736
723
903
G036
3432
903
4001
904
D942
903
10A
8/707
4601
4601
4735
1000
1010
805
10A
C742
B1/702
1229
1229
200440
1427090/03
4736
27C
903
5
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
EL001598
2-101
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
2-102
5
LF 45/55 series
200440
54
55
56
57
723
903
58
4742
59
723
60
61
903
62
63
64
65
66
67
4755
68
69
70
71
B7/
753
72
73
74
75
13/
340
4741
4741
4741
903
4740
4742
723
903
31/
340
4742
723
903
4740
4754
15/
340
4740
G520
76
77
78
79
80
D942
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100 101 102 103 104 105 106
1000
1010
LF 45/55 series
B253
723
903
2/
340
4/
340
22/
340
12/
340
30/
340
4755
D802
4754
3514
3514
4755
1427090/03
4754
1000
1010
B525
4732
4732
4732
200440
A021
27C
B254
5
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
EL001599
2-103
Electrical system
2-104
ROTATING BEAMS
The rotating beam switch (C715) is supplied
with power before contact via fuse E163 and
wire 1104.
When the switch is operated, rotating beam
left (C144) and rotating beam right (C145) will
be supplied with power via wire 2018.
HEADLAMP HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT

Power before contact is supplied at pin 2 of
the lighting switch (C622). If a connection is
made to switch C622 (contacts 2 and 1), a
voltage is applied to contact 1 of relay G000
(tail light/width marker light relay) via wire
2100. Once the relay is energised, a
connection is made between points 3 and 5.
As a result, a voltage is applied through relay
G000 (contacts 3 - 5), wire 2101, fuse E283
and wire 2169 to pin 2 of switch C871
(potentiometer for headlamp
height adjustment). Via the same wire, power
is also supplied to pin 1 of the headlamp
height-adjustment motor on the left (B129)
and right (B130).
When the headlamp height switch is operated,
the voltage at pin 1 of the switch will change,
so that the headlamp height adjustment
motors on the left (B129) and right (B130) will
be activated via wire 4953 at pin 3.
Depending upon the position of C871
(headlamp height adjustment potentiometer),
the motor in the headlamp will be activated.
This will continue until electrical equilibrium is
achieved. This equilibrium refers to the
voltage difference that exists between wires
2169 and 4953 of C871, B129 and B130. The
voltage difference should be the same for all
three components.
29. HEADLAMP HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT / ROTATING BEAMS
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LF 45/55 series
200440
1000
E349
1
2
1000
C622
2100
10
A11/702
11
12
2 4
13
G000
14
15
16
10A
17
C871
1/707
19
E283
18
20
21
22
23
4953
2169
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
2169
2169
A13/702
2100
2169
722
4953
B130
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
0 I
41
E163
736
2101
4953
2169
2169
B4/703
722
2100
B129
2169
2169
D942
4953
722
1000
1010
2169
722
20A
B7/701
1104
1104
1104
2018
2018
2018
C715
814
C144
42
2018
43
2018
200440
1427090/03
815
C145
29
814
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
1000
1010
LF 45/55 series
815
5
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
EL001600
2-105
2-106
The radio has an aerial connection and 2

loudspeaker outputs which can be used to
connect loudspeakers B024 and B025.
For more information, see Connection of
accessories.
If the contact switch (C841) is in the

contacts 1 and 6), the converter (D958) is
supplied with power through wire 1130 and
fuse E026. The converter receives power
before contact at pin 2 via fuse E027. The
converter has an internal fuse to protect the
12 V outputs.
The converter has three 12 V outputs.

Pin 4: 12 V output before contact
Pin 6: 12 V output before contact
Pin 9: 12 V output switched via
accessories/ignition switch (C841)
Note:
The following description of the operation and
connection is intended as a general guideline
only.
Also refer to the manufacturers installation
instructions supplied with the radio.
30. 24 V/12 V CONVERTER FOR RADIO

Location
19
Connector 790: Optional
connector for, say, the CB or
CD player.
VARIANTS
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
LF 45/55 series
200440
200440
1427090/03
2-107
EL001601
30
1000
1010
E349
1
2
1000
1000
4
5
2/808
4/808
1/808
1000
C841
6/808
8
1130
A2/701
10
1130
1130
11
12
13
14
15
16
24V
17
1153
18
19
B9/701
20A
E026
10A
E027
7
20
1105
1105
B8/701
!
4
1160
1160
774
1153
790
21
774
22
23
12V
D958
790
1153
24
25
1153
15A
26
27
D942
28
A011
9
1108
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
1153
36
12V
8/784
4/784
37
38
12V
4542
4542
6/785
39
736
1108
7/784
40
4540
5/785
41
736
B023
4540
B024
42
4543
4543
43
4/785
736
44
4541
4541
45
3/785
736
46
B025
47
48
49
50
51
52
1000
1010
53
Electrical system
LF 45/55 series
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
DROP GLASS OPERATION

When the vehicle ignition is switched on
(connection between pins 1 and 4, C841),
relay G353 is energised. Via fuse E044 and
wire 1208, relay G353 supplies power to the
electric drop glass door switches (C864 in the
co-drivers door, C865 in the drivers door for
the co-drivers door, and C866 in the drivers
door).
There are two independent drop glass
switches. In the rest position, pins 7 and 4 of
the switch are connected to power supply via
wire 1208. Depending on the side on which
the switch is operated, pin 7 or 4 will be
connected to earth and the drop glass motor
(B003 - drivers side, B004 - co-drivers side)
will be activated.
31. CDS-3/DROP GLASS OPERATION/ROOF HATCH
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
2-108
LF 45/55 series
200440
1000
A8/702
G744
4/808
1000
1000
1000
E349
1
2
1/808
1000
10
4001
C841
6/808
11
12
4001
13
M
A11/702
14
15
2 4
1
5
16
G353
17
18
19
1358
20
21
I 0 II
22
11
23
24
25
B003
26
C866
1208
A10/702
4001
20A
6/709
1208
1000
4529
27
D942
E044
732
738
1208
28
29
1208
30
31
32
10
33
34
35
36
II 0 I
II 0 I
37
38
39
B004
40
41
C864
C865
1208
738
1208
739
1208
1208
1208
4520
4520
4521
4521
4520
1208
4528
1000
1010
738
G507
1427090/03
4525
738
739
200440
4521
31
4524
42
43
44
10
739
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
1000
1000
1010
LF 45/55 series
G507
5
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
EL001602
2-109
2/808
2-110
Unlocking the co-drivers side door

using switch C774.
When switch C774 is operated (pin 3
connected to pin 1), connection DO of
component B200 is connected to earth. The
co-drivers door will unlock.
Unlocking co-drivers side door using

key.
This is equivalent to opening a door without
central locking. The other door remains
locked.
Conditions: both doors locked.
Purpose:
Automatic locking of both doors when
one of the doors is locked with the
key/button.
Automatic locking of both doors using
remote control.
If one of the two doors is unlocked using
the key/button, only this door will be
unlocked; the other door will remain
locked.
Automatic unlocking of the drivers side
door using remote control.
CENTRAL DOOR LOCKING
DO
DL
1000
10
D905
16
alarm + diagnose
VIC
13 15
30B
12
7
C774
14
I 0 II
DO
DL
DO
DO
DL
B199
DL
31
30B
31
E501717
B200
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
LF 45/55 series
200440
Unlocking using remote control.

If the door unlocking button on the remote
control unit is pressed, the remote control unit
will send a fixed-code signal to the CDS
electronic unit (D905). When the CDS
electronic unit (D905) recognises the remote
control unit on the basis of the fixed code, the
remote control unit will send coded messages
to the unit (D905). These messages are
coded with a rolling code. This rolling code will
change every time the remote control is
operated. After the CDS electronic unit (D905)
has accepted the messages, it will send a
signal to the VIC (D900). As a result, the VIC
will switch on the interior lighting for a specific
period of time.
The CDS unit (D905) now switches pin 13 to
earth. This will only activate the motor (B199).
The CDS unit (D905) checks the status of the
output to the motor (B199). This is done to
ensure that the DL connection is not
connected to earth when the motor is in the
open position. The CDS unit can deduce
from this whether the drivers side door has
been successfully unlocked. The CDS unit
(D905) will then send a message to the VIC
(D900) via pin 2 stating that the drivers side
door has been successfully unlocked. If the
drivers side door is not unlocked properly
after three attempts, a message will be sent to
the VIC (D900) to inform it that the door has
not unlocked successfully.
200440
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LF 45/55 series
Electrical system
2-111
2-112
The doors on the drivers and

co-drivers sides are locked using the
remote control unit.
When the lock doors button on the remote
control unit is pressed, a procedure starts that
is comparable to the procedure for opening
the doors.
Locking co-drivers side door using

switch C774.
connected to pin 7), an earth signal is created
at pin 3 of unit D905. D905 will now connect
pin 12 to earth, which will activate B200. This
will lock the door on the co-drivers side.
Locking the drivers side door with

key/button.
The operation is as described above, except
that unit D905 will now measure an earth
signal at pin 12 and it will connect pin 15 of
component B199 to earth. The door on the
drivers side will now also be locked.
Locking drivers side door with

key/button.
The D905 unit will measure an earth signal at
pin 15 through connection DL. D905 will now
connect pin 12 to earth, which will also
activate B200. The co-drivers side door will
now lock as well.
Conditions: both doors unlocked.
DO
DL
1000
10
D905
16
12
7
C774
14
I 0 II
30B
31
E501716
B200
Electrical system
alarm + diagnose
VIC
13 15
30B
DO
DL
DO
DO
DL
B199
DL
31
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LF 45/55 series
200440
200440
Initialisation
When the CDS unit is supplied with power for
the first time (on installing or replacing the
electronic unit) or when new hand-held
transmitters are used (up to 8), the unit must
recognise these hand-held transmitters. To
enable the hand-held transmitters to
communicate with the CDS unit, the unit and
the hand-held transmitters must be taught
using DAVIE.
However, during the locking operation the

CDS unit (D905) will connect pins 12 and 15
to earth. This will activate the motors (B199
and B200). The CDS unit (D905) then checks
the status of the outputs to the motors (B199
and B200). It uses this information to
determine whether the doors have been
successfully locked. The CDS unit (D905) will
then send a message to the VIC (D900) via
pin 2 stating that the doors have been
successfully locked. As a result, the VIC
(D900) will switch off the interior lighting. If the
doors are not locked properly after three
attempts, a message will be sent to the VIC
(D900), stating that the locking operation was
not successful.
Closing roof hatch
When the roof hatch switch (C736) is
operated and a connection is made between
contacts 8 and 6 and therefore between
contacts 7 and 3, a voltage is applied to pin 2
of the roof hatch motor (B009) through fuse
E163, switch C736 and wire 4760. The roof
hatch will now close.
Opening roof hatch

hatch will open.
ROOF HATCH
5
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LF 45/55 series
Electrical system
2-113
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
2-114
5
LF 45/55 series
200440
54
55
1107
1107
56
57
31
4
58
1427090/03
61
62
4537
4538
733
733
63
64
B16/
797
65
4537
4538
66
2/
737
13/
737
67
16/
737
68
15/
737
4538
3647
735
735
69
C13/
745
70
72
D900
71
73
10/
737
D905
74
75
A021
76
77
78
8/
737
3/
737
80
II 0 I
79
81
82
14/
737
12/
737
83
84
85
5061
732
86
732
5062
DO
3
2
DL
87
1107
88
89
B200
31
4
1
30B
90
1107
91
92
733
93
94
E028
95
96
97
98
II 0 l
99
100 101 102 103 104 105 106
1104
1000
1010
LF 45/55 series
60
738
738
DO
3
2
DL
59
B199
738
1
30B
4538
4537
10A
B3/702
1181
4537
3647
E198
735
735
735
739
15A
A13/703
1107
1107
1000
D911
5118
1181
3647
3647
3647
3646
3646
3646
D942
735
5118
1107
1107
1107
1107
5062
5062
5061
5061
739
739
735
735
C774
4761
5062
5061
5061
4760
1000
1010
B009
20A
B7/701
1104
1104
1104
E163
736
C736
200440
31
5061
5
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
EL001603
2-115
2-116
Location
25
Steering column switch (C842):
If the vehicle is fitted with
cruise control/engine
speed control, the Basic Code
Number of the stalk switch is
C891.
VARIANTS

MANUAL
33. WINDSCREEN WIPE/WASH SYSTEM
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
LF 45/55 series
200440
200440
1427090/03
2-117
EL001604
33
1000
1010
E349
1
2
1000
1000
2/808
5
4/808
1/808
1000
4001
C841
6/808
A10/702
10
4001
4001
I
0
12
2 4
13
A9/702
1205
14
15
D37/
746
G354
A7
742
4502
771
16
1
I
15A
17
18
31
53
A3
1205
1205
E025
771
4507
2
1
19
771
A1
4507
742
1204
4502
4507
731
11
A11/702
1205
4502
742
D900
4507
731
20
21
A2
22
53B
4508
771
4508
742
23
25
5161
771
C842
31B
24
A5
4506
5161
771
4508
731
4509
731
A6
B000
4506
4508
4509
26
1205
B7/702
27
28
B8/702
1205
53A
1205
1205
D942
1205
731
29
30
1217
10A
1/708
E018
31
8/712
32
1217
1217
33
34
C50/
745
6/712
2 4
4504
6/707
4504
35
4509
36
D33/
746
5161
5161
1205
1/712
37
38
4506
742
G008
4506
D900
39
5161
40
5161
41
726
4506
4/708
742
5161
726
B001
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
1000
1010
53
Electrical system
LF 45/55 series
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LF 45/55 series

MANUAL
34. ACH-W WITH TIMER
Electrical system
2-118
200440
1427090/03
1000
1010
A8/702
1000
G744
10
A021
11
12
13
A1/
795
14
15
B068
16
17
A2/
795
18
19
A7/
795
20
21
22
A6/
795
23
24
B9/
797
25
D521
26
27
28
29
30
6/
793
2/
793
B4/
792
B3/
792
B2/
792
B1/
792
31
32
8/
793
33
9/
793
34
35
E581
36
12/
793
C1/
791
37
38
4/
793
C2/
791
C6/
791
C7/
791
C5/
791
A8/
795
39
11/
793
40
41
1/
793
42
10/
793
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
1000
1010
LF 45/55 series
14
756
A4/
795
A5/
795
E114
756
15A
A1/702
1156
1156
3037
3037
1000
E349
1
2
G529
756
D942
D911
1000
756
725
794
4936
4936
4936
4936
4935
4935
4935
756
725
794
5117
5117
4666
4666
4765
4765
4980
4980
4766
4766
1156
1156
1602
1602
E058
756
20A
3/708
1602
1602
1602A
200440
1602A
34
4935
5
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
EL001605
2-119
2-120
44,46,48,50
36,38,40,42,
44,46,48,50
Location
28,30,32,34
VARIANTS
The spare wires are

bundled together behind the
dashboard central panel
The spare wires are
bundled together in the
co-drivers side roof console
The spare wires are
bundled together behind the
fuse box.
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE

35. APPLICATION CONNECTOR, ENGINE SPEED CONTROL, SUPERSTRUCTURE FUNCTIONS AND SPARE WIRING
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
LF 45/55 series
200440
1427090/03
2-121
EL001606
1
2
3
E349
1
2
1000
1010
1000
200440
35
1000
2/808
4/808
1/808
1000
5
6
4001
C841
6/808
A10/702
15A
E018
1217
4001
9
10
2/708
11
12
A2
2/704
13
G188
14
1148
6009
1240
1240
716
1240
1240
824
1240
15
25A
824
16
E156
G520
17
18
824
19
G520
20
21
A7
3700E
3700E
718
23
B8
22
824
3701E
25
24
A6
718
824
3701E
26
X002
X002
28
27
A7
716
10A
A12/702
D942
X002
824
E048
X003
X003
30
29
A8
716
823
X004
X004
32
31
B1
716
823
X005
X005
34
33
B2
716
823
X006
X006
36
35
B3
716
823
X007
X007
X007
38
37
B4
806
2
716
823
X008
X008
X008
40
39
B5
806
3
716
823
X009
X009
X009
42
10
41
B6
806
4
716
823
X010
X010
43
716
X010
806
823
44
X011
X011
45
806
46
X012
X012
47
806
48
X013
X013
49
806
50
X014
X014
51
806
52
53
1000
1010
1240
Electrical system
LF 45/55 series
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
2-122
5
LF 45/55 series
200440
54
55
56
1240
G520
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
3003
3003
825
64
65
3039
3039
825
66
67
68
69
70
71
B3
3143
3143
718
72
73
B4
3144
3144
718
74
75
B5
76
718
D6/
746
3145
3145
D5/
746
77
10
B6
D7/
746
78
718
D9/
746
79
11
A6
D25/
746
80
718
B25/
757
4594
4594
B37/
757
3146
3146
D900
81
1240
12
82
A068
83
B16/
744
84
A8
D758
D903
85
86
C42/
745
3435
A4
3435
D942
798
798
718
3479
3412
3412
3412
1000
1010
87
718
200440
1427090/03
824
35
3435
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100 101 102 103 104 105 106
1000
1010
LF 45/55 series
824
5
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
EL001607
2-123
2-124
Location
11,30
Connector 762:
22,26
Brake lining wear switches F113
and F114:
Only applicable to 6x2 vehicles
VARIANTS
If one of the brake linings is too thin, pin 17,

connector 744 of the VIC will, via wire 3406,
be interrupted by the appropriate brake lining
wear control switch (F107, F108, F111, F112,
F113 or F114). The VIC will send a message
to the instrument panel, which will then
activate the brake lining wear indicator.
36. BREAK LINING WEAR
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
LF 45/55 series
200440
1000
1010
A6
1427090/03
D900
3406
3406
10
F108
11
12
13
767
14
15
F111
16
17
18
19
F112
20
21
23
24
25
26
27
22
F114
3406
3406
F113
D942
767
28
29
30
12
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
1000
1010
LF 45/55 series
713
F107
11
3406
762
3406
3406
3406
B17/
744
3406
200440
762
36
G520
5
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
EL001608
2-125
3406
3406
3406
3406
2-126
Location
1
If trailer protection fitted.
93
Where an immobiliser system is
fitted, the optional LED alarm
system (D715) can be made to
flash by the LED unit D931 when
the ignition is turned off.
VARIANTS

MANUAL
37. ALS-S/BATTERY CHARGER FOR ALARM BV2/BV3
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
LF 45/55 series
200440
2/808
4002
6/808
1/808
4/808
E143
10A
10
11
12
13
14
B6
714
15
16
17
B3/
797
A6/
796
18
1264
19
4002
20
A5/
796
A3/
796
21
22
A4/
796
23
B14/
797
24
25
B2
B4/
797
26
10A
27
B6
B6/
797
A2/
796
28
29
30
1229
800
31
32
B7/
797
B2/
797
33
1229
5
34
3649
B13/
797
35
2
1
3
4
1/704
A12/
796
D911
B010
50
2
36
37
F603
38
A11/
796
A1/
796
39
40
F604
A10/
796
41
42
C13/
745
C51/
745
43
44
6/
795
B9/
797
B16/
797
45
46
3647
47
2/
737
B15/
797
48
49
50
51
A7/
796
52
53
1000
1010
LF 45/55 series
A510
4/
729
5/
729
6/
729
3/
729
D910
1229
1229
B6/702
2/
729
1264
1264
1000
1000
E349
1
2
740
728
1357
1357
1357
5162
1264
5163
5A
1264
1264
1264
1357
728
1264
1264
1264
1264
3653
3653
3480
3480
D715
740
1264
3482
3482
1264
E053
A070
C841
714
1357
728
B338
3660
3660
1229
3651
1229
713
C835
800
B1/702
3659
3659
3658
3658
F686
C836
3654
3649
B12/702
4002A
4002A
3651
799
G203
799
3657
3649
3651
3651
4173
756
4009
799
3649
3650
3650
1427090/03
D909
B8/703
4173
3647
3647
5117
5117
D900
D521
3647
D942
735
1000
1010
D905
A021
200440
3646
37
3646
5
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
EL001609
2-127
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
2-128
5
LF 45/55 series
200440
54
55
A12/703
56
B10/
797
57
A11/703
58
2600
2600
59
60
2600
1107
61
E514
62
63
15A
2647
64
65
D911
E028
E515
2647
66
67
1427090/03
A8/
796
B5/
797
68
B20/
797
B11/
797
69
2647
70
C765
6
7
71
3701K
72
A9/
796
B21/
797
73
74
75
2003
3652
76
3701D
77
C36/
745
C14/
745
78
3700D
79
80
81
82
3412
B16/
744
D1/
746
D23/
746
C15/
745
2647
D22/
746
D942
83
84
D900
85
B11
713
86
87
10A
B6/702
88
90
89
91
92
2/
807
E143
1/
807
1357
A13/703
1107
1107
2600
2600
2647
2647
3412
3700K
2003
2003
2600
2003
93
94
D931
1264
3/
807
95
D715
96
740
7/709
D758
1264
1357
3412
2600
3412
3479
798
798
740
1264
3482
3482
97
10A
B1/702
1229
98
5/
807
4/
807
1229
200440
F009
37
3412
1000
1010
E053
99
100 101 102 103 104 105 106
1000
1010
LF 45/55 series
G520
5
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
EL001610
2-129
2-130
Wire no.
1229
9107
3425
4732
3646
4047
4733
3037
3700
3701
Pin no.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Description
Earth
ABS-D/ABS/ASR-E
ECAS-3/ECAS-2
CDS, ALS-S, airbag/seat belt
tensioner, RAS-EC
VIC
DIP-4
Cab heater
CAN-network (ECS-DC3, MTCO)
CAN-network (ECS-DC3, MTCO)
Colour
red
white
blue
black
blue
black
black
blue
yellow
blue
DIAGNOSTIC SOCKET (A021)

The diagnostic socket is located to the left of
the drivers seat on the floor plate. This is the
socket for the DAVIE connection.
Power before contact is supplied to pin 1
through fuse E053. Pin 2 is connected to
earth. The remaining pins are for
communication with the various systems and
are connected to those systems.
12 V PLUG (A011)
Pin 1 is connected to the 24/12 V converter
(12 V before contact) through wire
1153.
Pin 2 is connected to the earth connection of
the converter.
38. SOCKETS, FA/FT
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
LF 45/55 series
200440
200440
switches the left-hand rear light.

is connected via wire 2008 to
connection point E7/747 of the
VIC (D900) (direction, left).
is connected via wire 4601 and
fuse E013 to relay G036 (brake
light relay).
is connected via wire 2008 to pin
E4/747 of the VIC (D900)
(direction, right).
switches the right-hand rear light.
-
SUPERSTRUCTURE APPLICATION
CONNECTOR (A070)
Pin 1
connected to power before
contact via wire 1110 and fuse
E052.
Pin 2
on vehicle type FA, connected to
the VIC and the work lamp switch
(C725) through wire 2155, fuse
E283 and wire 2101. On vehicle
type FT, pin 2 is connected to the
right-hand rear light through wire
2169 .
Pin 3
connected to connection point 5
of G036 (stop light relay) via wire
4601 and fuse E013.
Pin 6
Pin 7
Pin 5
Pin 4
Pin 2
Pin 3
When a connection is made between contacts

2 and 1 (marker light/parking light position) by
switching on the lighting switch (C622), relay
G000 is energised. Relay G000 supplies
power to wire 2101 via wire 1000. Via fuses
E284 and E283, power is supplied to
connector A000 at pin 2 (via wire 2170) and
pin 6 (via wire 2169) respectively.
DRAWN VEHICLE SOCKET (A000) (7-pin)

Pin 1
connected to earth.
connected via wire 4591 to

connection point 2 of E501
(reversing lamp switch).
connected to connection point
A6/796 of D911 (electronic unit,
alarm system ALS-S) via wire
1264.
B6/797 of D911 (electronic unit,
3659.
B4/797 of D911 (electronic unit,
3660.
connected directly to earth point
G520.
REAR FOG LAMP/REVERSING LIGHT

SOCKET (A001)
Pin 1
connected to earth.
Pin 2
Pin 3
connected via wire 4591 to pin 2
of E501 (reversing lamp switch).
Pin 4
connected via wire 1110 to power
before contact (1000) via fuse
E052.
Pin 5
Pin 6
connected via wire 1356 to power
after contact (1010) via fuse
E282.
Pin 7
connected via wire 2152 to relay
G005 (rear fog lamp relay).
Pin 8
Pin 7
Pin 6
Pin 5
Pin 4
Electronic unit,
ECAS-3 (D851):
Or electronic unit ECAS-2
(D802)
Connector 762:
Connector 763:
79,81,91,
117,126,135
86,88,122,
129,144,
148,150
Electronic unit, ABS/ASR,

E version (D961):
Or electronic unit for
ABS/ASR, D version (D941)
49
Location
26
VARIANTS
DRAWN VEHICLE ABS/EBS SOCKET

(A004)
Pin 1
of the drawn vehicle ABS/EBS
socket (A004) is connected
directly to power before contact
via fuse E043 and wire 1119.
Pin 2
connected directly to power after
contact via fuse E282 and wire
1356.
Pin 3
connected to earth.
Pin 4
connected to earth.
Pin 5
connected to pin C32/745 of the
VIC (D900) via wire 3428.
Pin 6
Pin 7
-
5
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LF 45/55 series
Electrical system
2-131
1427090/03
10
11
20A
12
13
14
1105
B9/701
10A
1105
A2/701
1130
1130
E027
15
16
17
18
B023
4
30
19
20
B023
8
30
21
22
E053
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
32
31
33
A021
34
38
40
3646
35
36
37
3646
39
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
4/
748
3/
748
15/
837
3646
!
D851
B15/
797
D940
10/
737
D911
9/
802
D905
A10/ A11/
820 820
D926
50
51
1000
52
53
1000
1010
Electrical system
E349
1
2
4/808
1/808
1000
6/808
1000
E026
774
10A
5/712
1229
1229
B8/701
3425
801
1000
1000
D961
3425
3425
1153
1153
3646
3646
1160
790
3646
735
1160
774
790
3646
D958
1153
1153
3646
C841
1153
4732
3646
4732
1130
A011
D942
9107
2-132
720
38
4732
1000
1010
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LF 45/55 series
EL001611
200440
2/808
54
55
1000
58
59
3700L
1427090/03
57
60
61
62
63
64
A021
16
10
65
66
11
67
68
69
12
70
4047
71
72
A11/701
73
74
2 4
75
G000
76
78
A10
C022
1
9
77
10A
A11
79
80
81
82
83
810
C023
1
9
84
B7
E7/
747
C4/
745
D900
85
86
A000
E4/
747
B8
87
88
89
A13
90
C020
1
12
91
92
93
C021
1
12
1209
94
95
96
4601
97
C725
1
19
B12
98
99
B6
B2
100 101 102 103 104 105 106
A070
B6
B4/
797
B6/
797
1356
1000
1010
A6/
796
E587
4
12
D911
1356
LF 45/55 series
56
15
3037
14
756
3700F
3701L
3/
755
13/
755
11/
755
A4/
752
A8/
752
3037
D899
3700A
B525
3701A
4/
795
13
2100
A13/702
2100
3700B
D521
C622
3701B
3701F
4733
4733
2170
2170
2170
10A
A4/703
2169
2169
1/710
809
E284
713
762
2169
2169
E283
713
762
2170
2170
2170
2170
4047
713
763
2169
2169
2169
2009
2009
2009
713
763
2008
2008
2008
10A
B5/703
4601
4601
E013
713
762
4601
4601
4601
4601
2101
4601
2100
714
D942
1264
2155
2155
B10/702
4602
4602
1264
1264
3659
713
1000
1010
713
G036
3660
714
200440
3659
38
3660
5
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
EL001612
2-133
1427090/03
1110
A070
4591
G520
C026
1
10
4591
4591
4591
4591
C027
1
10
762
E501
2
10
B3
10A
B1/703
4591
A001
C024
2
11
2152
A12
C025
2
11
15A
5/707
1356
B1
1356
E052
713
763
1110
4591
4591
1110
2152
713
762
2152
2152
2152
1110
1110
1110
1356
12
3
5
G005
2
1356
2168
A3/702
E009
15A
C32/
745
C40/
745
B10
A004
1000
1010
107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159
2152
E282
713
763
1356
1356
1356
713
763
3428
3428
3428
1356
2141
D900
2168
1119
1356
D942
762
Electrical system
G520
1119
2168
763
A3/703
2152
20A
2/706
1119
1119
1119
E043
730
763
2-134
1119
38
1119
1000
1010
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LF 45/55 series
EL001613
200440
5
LF 45/55 series
200440
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
2-135
2-136
FUEL PRE-HEATING
Depending on the temperature, the ECS-DC3
electronic unit (D903) activates the fuel heater
relay (G201).
The relay supplies power to the water
separator fuel heating element (B182) through
fuse E165.
WATER SEPARATOR
with power via relay G353 and fuse E091. If
the water level in the fuel filter becomes too
high, the VIC receives a signal at pin D8/746.
A warning is then indicated on the DIP
through the VIC.
Location
34
Fuel heating relay G201:
May be placed behind the central
box.
VARIANTS
39. WATER SEPARATOR/FUEL PRE-HEATING
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
LF 45/55 series
200440
4/808
1000
1000
E349
1
2
1/808
1000
4001
C841
6/808
A10/702
4001
10
A11/702
11
12
2 4
13
G353
14
15
10A
4/710
1240
B4
1427090/03
16
17
D8/
746
D900
18
B5
19
20
21
22
E035
23
720
1358
E091
713
759
1240
1240
1240
5049
5049
5049
714
759
F692
10A
A5/701
1211
1211
24
B39/
757
25
26
27
D903
B2/
757
B18/
757
D942
28
29
30
724
724
31
32
B5
33
15A
A6/701
1179
4001
1211
5048
9035
5048
9035
34
E165
G201
713
759
5051
5051
5051
200440
B182
39
35
759
1000
1010
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
1000
1010
LF 45/55 series
G520
5
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
EL001614
2-137
2/808
2-138
Repairing or modifying the wiring of

pyrotechnic systems (systems with
airbag(s) and/or seat belt tensioner(s)) is
not permitted. The wiring must be
replaced if damaged.
The pyrotechnic units (airbags and/or

seat belt tensioners) must be checked
using the DAVIE-XD Direct Test. Test
lamps, multimeters and oscilloscopes
(including those that are part of
DAVIE-XD) present a danger and are
therefore not permitted.
Only the wiring harnesses may be

checked using test lamps, multimeters or
oscilloscopes. Ensure beforehand that no
pyrotechnic or electronic units
whatsoever are still connected to the
wiring harness to be tested.
Before any work is carried out on a

pyrotechnic part (airbag and/or seat belt
tensioner):
a. switch off the ignition.
b. the battery terminal clamp must be
carefully separated from the negative
terminal.
c. wait at least 5 minutes.
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
Never disconnect an electrical connection
in the airbag or seat belt tensioner circuits
with the ignition switched on.

MANUAL
40. AIRBAG/SEAT BELT TENSIONER
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
LF 45/55 series
200440
1000
1010
1000
E349
1
2
1000
4001
C841
A10/702
4001
10
B9/702
4001
11
12
8/708
13
4001
14
4001
E297
16
17
15
18
19
20
21
7/
812
8/
812
23
D960
22
11/
802
26
9/
802
24
25
27
28
29
30
8/
802
10/
802
1/
802
2/
802
7/
802
D926
A021
5/
802
801
10A
7/712
1230
1230
5169
811
5170
5170
5171
5171
5168
818
803
817
803
817
3646
1000
1/808
4/808
D942
801
4001
811
818
1427090/03
B360
31
32
33
801
34
3670
35
36
C35/
745
37
D900
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
1000
1010
LF 45/55 series
B361
6/808
3670
G528
200440
3646
40
3646
5
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system
EL001615
2-139
2/808
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LF 45/55 series

MANUAL
41. RAS-EC
Electrical system
2-140
200440
1427090/03
2-141
EL001616
1
2
3
E349
1
2
1000
1010
1000
1000
2/808
4/808
1/808
1000
4001
C841
6/808
7
8
4001
A10/702
4001
11
2 4
10
A11/702
12
13
14
3646
1240
16
17
A513
L
2
18
835
1240
G353
1240
835
1240
15
8/
837
56/
837
63/
837
15/
837
19/
837
62/
837
68/
837
23/
837
1020
835
1020
1240
1020
768
1358
3725
44/
837
3646
3726
45/
837
3646
3514
3646
720
3749
A021
1020
200440
41
724
1240
10A
4/710
E091
19
20
21
22
1600
1600
1600
835
1600
1600
23
D28/
746
835
11
D27/
746
3725
719
10
3725
3726
835
3726
719
1600
10A
3/712
24
724
D900
E290
25
26
D942
27
B7/
753
3514
28
29
B525
3514
30
3514
720
3514
31
3514
835
32
D940
33
12/
748
3514
34
35
D851
36
37
38
3749
836
3749
F116
901
39
40
836
1/
837
901
41
42
46/
837
G520
43
835
44
6/841
45
46
5/841
47
B381
48
49
50
5185
5186
51
30/
837
29/
837
5183
52
53
1000
1010
5184
10/
837
5186
5185
5184
5183
13/
837
7/841
4/841
3/841
2/841
Electrical system
LF 45/55 series
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
54
55
56
57
64
65
66
58
59
60
61
F695
62
63
68
69
70
71
F696
72
61/
837
37/
837
73
74
75
76
77
38/
837
78
16/
837
2/
837
79
80
F705
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100 101 102 103 104 105 106
1000
1010
Electrical system
67
24/
837
9037
D942
3748
D940
9037
4/838
9037
3712
3/838
3712
39/
837
4/839
49/
837
3710
2/838
3710
3710
3708
3708
3709
3709
3709
3709
3709
9036
9036
35/
837
3709
1/838
901
3710
901
3/839
901
2/839
901
1/839
901
3/840
901
2/840
3710
3710
1/840
1427090/03
2/842
3748
3747
2-142
3747
41
1/842
1000
1010
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LF 45/55 series
EL001617
200440
LF45/55 series
Contents
CONTENTS
Page
Date
1.
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 . . . . 200440
2.

FROM CHASSIS NUMBER 0L247507 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.1 Overview of the changes in the electrical system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.2 Circuit diagram 1427090/04 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.3 Overview of basic codes for circuit diagram 1427090/04 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.4 Section diagrams from circuit diagram 1427090/04 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-1 . . . .
2-1 . . . .
2-2 . . . .
2-3 . . . .
2-13 . . .
200440
200440
200440
200440
200440
11
200440

Contents
5
LF45/55 series
11
200440
LF45/55 series
Introduction
1. INTRODUCTION
This main group includes the entire electrical
system shown in the form of circuit diagrams
and an overview of connectors/pin
allocations.
Circuit diagrams
All information that relates to the complete
electrical system of the vehicle is found in the
circuit diagrams with the exception of the
connectors.
Note:
For the location of the connectors in the vehicle,
see Location of connectors.
11
200440
1-1

Introduction
5
LF45/55 series
11
1-2
200440
LF45/55 series
Changes in the electrical system from chassis number 0L247507
2. CHANGES IN THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM FROM CHASSIS

NUMBER 0L247507
2.1 OVERVIEW OF THE CHANGES IN THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Section
diagram
Electrical system
Changes
Battery earth and starter motor

modified for LF55
0L247507
CAN overview
CDM-unit (D969) added
0L252611
Main switch

modified for LF55
0L247507
Ignition/starter switch/
charging circuit

modified for LF55
0L247507
Pre-glowing

modified for LF55
0L247507
VIC
Connector 858 changed to 952

for LF45
0L248731
10
LF45 wiring harness modified
0L248731
12
CDM variant added
0L252611
13
Differential lock
LF45 wiring harness modified
0L248731
15
Mirror heating/windscreen
heating/mirror adjustment

modified for LF55
0L247507
19
Horn/cigar lighter/work lamp/air

dryer
CDM variant added
0L252611
22
Oil pressure sensor (F647)

replaced by engine oil
pressure control switch
(F011)
Fuel temperature sensor
(F566) no longer fitted
0L253643
From chassis
number
24

(AT1000/2000)

modified for LF55
0L247507
25

(MD3060)

modified for LF55
0L247507
31
CDS-3/drop glass operation/

roof hatch
CDM variant added
0L252611
32
CDM
New
0L252611
39
CDM variant added
0L252611
11
The other section diagrams from circuit diagram

1427090/04 contain no functional changes
compared with circuit diagram 1427090/03.
200440
2-1

5
LF45/55 series
2.2 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 1427090/04

This page can be used to make your own notes
on the circuit diagram.
11
2-2
200440
LF45/55 series
2.3 OVERVIEW OF BASIC CODES FOR CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 1427090/04

1
2
3
Basic code number

Description
Number on search bar
2
A000
Drawn vehicle socket (7-pin)
0095 0096 0224 0231

0262 0681
A001
Rear fog light/reversing light socket (7-pin)
0251 0256 0270 0286

0682
A004
Socket, ABS/EBS, drawn vehicle (7-pin)
0403
A011
0361
A021
Diagnostic socket (16-pin)
0592
A032
AGC diagnostic socket
0528 0574
A068
Application connector, engine speed control
581
A070
Application connector, superstructure (8-pin)
0177 0186 0188 0263

0271 0287 0288 0682
A074
Automatic gearbox socket, superstructure
0568
A087
0599
A096
Automatic gearbox socket, superstructure (AT2000)
0522
A500
Batteries (2x)
0002 0015
A510
0174
A513
Alternator
0019
B000
0165
B001
Windscreen wiper pump
0169
B003
Electric drop glass operation motor, drivers side
0328
B004
Electric drop glass operation motor, co-drivers side
0323
B005
Mirror adjustment motor, left
0335 0339
B006
Mirror adjustment motor, right
0332 0342
B009
Roof hatch motor
0297
B010
Starter motor
0035 0041
B017
Mirror heating, drivers side
0344
B018
Mirror heating, co-drivers side
0345
B023
Radio
0366 0371
B024
Loudspeaker, left
0365 0372
200440
11
2-3
LF45/55 series

1
11
B025
Loudspeaker, right
0367 0371
B030
Cigar lighter, drivers side
0357
B032
Seat heating, drivers side
0353
B042
0319
B043
0382
B068
Fuel metering pump, cab heater
0386
B079
Low-range downshift protection valve
0119
B129
Left-hand headlamp height adjuster motor
0234
B130
Right-hand headlamp height adjuster motor
0236
B131
0613 0651
B132
0615 0659
B133
0616 0658
B134
0618 0654
B135
0619
B136
0621
B176
Reversing buzzer
0266
B182
Water separator fuel heating element
0313
B192
Exhaust brake valve
0633 0671
B199
Central door locking motor, drivers side
0311
B200
Central door locking motor, co-drivers side
0304
B201
Internal electrical components for automatic gearbox
0510 0561
B237
ABS/ASR-D differential lock valve, rear axle
0443
B238
725
B243
Cross-axle differential lock control valve
0394
B245
PTO 1 control valve
0080
B250
0709
B253
0749
B254
ECAS valve, steered leading axle/trailing axle, lifting bellows
0753
B256
ABS valve, front axle, left
0413 0436
B257
ABS valve, front axle, right
0414 0438
B258
ABS valve, driven axle, left
0416 0439
B259
ABS valve, driven axle, right
0441
2-4
200440
LF45/55 series
B334
Fuel pump control solenoid valve
0612 0650
B338
Alarm system horn
0176
B341
Glow element
0047
B360
0474
B361
Airbag module
0476
B371
Windscreen heating
0349
B377
Heater motor
0375
B381
RAS-EC valve block
0454
B399
0501 0535
B400
0537
B401
Horn
0085
B402
ABS resistor
0428
B525
Modular tachograph (MTCO)
0052
C000
Dipped beam, left
0239
C001
Dipped beam, right
0241
C002
Main beam, left
0242
C003
Main beam, right
0244
C006
Left spotlight
0245
C007
Right spotlight
0246
C008
Fog lamp, front left
0253
C009
Fog lamp, front right
0255
C014
Direction indicator lamp, front left
0088
C015
Direction indicator lamp, front right
0092
C016
Direction indicator lamp, side left
0089
C017
Direction indicator lamp, side right
0093
C018
Direction indicator lamp, rear left
0090
C019
Direction indicator lamp, rear right
0094
C020
Stop light, left
0259
C021
Stop light, right
0261
C022
Rear light, left
0222
C023
Rear light, right
0229
C024
Fog lamp, rear left
0249
200440
11
2-5
LF45/55 series

1
11
C025
Fog lamp, rear right
0251
C026
Reversing light, left
0268
C027
Reversing light, right
0270
C062
0278
C063
0280
C071
Work lamp
0289
C110
Bunk light, bottom
0282
C111
Bunk light, top
0283
C119
Interior lighting with switch, drivers side
0276
C144
Rotating beam, left
0292
C145
Rotating beam, right
0293
C156
Marker light, left, 1st
0226
C157
Marker light, right, 1st
0228
C158
Marker light, left, 2nd
0219
2nd
C159
Marker light, right,
C553
0002
C622
Lighting switch
0201
C715
0293
C725
Work lamp switch
0289
C727
0212
C736
Roof hatch switch
0297
C742
Traction assistance switch
0739
C748
0394
C750
PTO 1 switch
0082
D758
Diode to prevent feedback to the VIC
120
C763
Instrument lighting dimming potentiometer
0110
C765
0098
C773
0215
C774
0306
C775
Steering column switch, direction indicators/horn/dipped beam/

main beam
0085 0088 0208
C804
0113
C835
0194
2-6
0221
200440
LF45/55 series
C836
Switch to turn off superstructure/drawn vehicle loadspace

detection
0197
C841
Accessories / ignition / starter switch
0023
C842
Windscreen wipers/washer steering column switch
0163 0165 0167 0168
C853
Cab main switch
0006
C854
Chassis main switch
0006
C864
Drop glass operation switch, co-drivers side (drivers side door)
0323
C865
Drop glass operation switch, co-drivers side (co-drivers side

door)
0322
C866
Drop glass operation switch, drivers side (drivers side door)
0327
C867
0345
C868
0333 0339
C871
Potentiometer, headlamp height adjustment
0233
C880
Reversing buzzer switch
0266
C891
Steering column switch, windscreen wiper/washer,

cruise control, engine speed control
0483
C892
Heater fan switch
0376
C893
0379
D521
0387
D529
0702 0718 0735
D609
Light switch diode
0202
D610
0208
D715
Alarm system LED
0177
D784
0204
D785
0204
D787
Diode, air conditioning compressor link
0381
D802
0748
D822
AGC vehicle interface module
0541
D826
Electronic unit for VLG current limiter
0012
D851
0710 0726
D866
Electronic unit, AGC-A4 automatic gearbox control
0552
D867
0553
D899
DIP-4 instrument panel
0070
200440
11
2-7
LF45/55 series

1
11
D900
Electronic unit, VIC
0080 0091 0132
D903
Electronic unit, ECS-DC3
0620 0659
D904
Menu Control Switch, MCS
0124
D905
0308
D909
Electronic unit, alarm system, ultrasonic
0181
D910
0174
D911
0186
D912
0060
D924
0010
D926
Electronic unit, airbag/seat belt tensioner
0476
D931
LED unit, immobiliser
0063
D936
Electronic unit for automatic gearbox (AGC-T1000/2000)
0514
D940
Electronic unit, RAS-EC
0461
D941
Electronic unit, ABS/ASR, D version
0417
D942
Fuse box
D958
Electronic unit, converter with power supply for radio memory
0360
D960
Airbag contact unit
0475
D961
0440
D969
Electronic unit, CDM
0761
E004
Fuse, dipped beam, drivers side
0239
E005
Fuse, dipped beam, co-drivers side
0240
E006
Fuse, main beam, drivers side
0242
E009
Fuse, front fog lamps
0249
E013
Fuse, stop lights
0259
E018
Fuse, windscreen wiper motor
0029
E019
Fuse, horn
0085
E023
Fuse, switch, tachograph timer
0049
E025
Fuse, windscreen wiper motor/windscreen washer motor
0163
E026
Fuse, cigar lighter/door switches/electronic unit, 24/12 V

converter with power supply for radio memory
0357
E027
Fuse, electronic unit, 24/12 V converter, with power supply for

radio memory
0359
E028
Fuse, interior lighting/bunk lights/central door lock
0273
2-8
200440
LF45/55 series
E031
Fuse, heater fan
0373
E035
Fuse, instruments and warning lamps/parking brake

switch/power supply after contact
0021
E039
Fuse, seat heating
0353
E043
Fuse, ABS, drawn vehicle
0401
E044
Fuse, mirror heating/electric mirror adjustment/electric drop

glass operation
0321
E048
Fuse, drawn vehicle power supply
0033
E051
Fuse, ECAS
0734
E052
Fuse, work lamp
0286
E053
Fuse, diagnostic connector/LED unit/alarm system
0587
E058
Fuse, cab heater
0385
E062
Fuse, ECAS
0703 0719
E091
Fuse, air dryer heating element/water separator/RAS-EC/engine

speed control application connector
0319
E108
Fuse, VIC
0103
E114
Fuse, cab heater/warning lamps
0390
E143
Fuse, tachograph/alarm system/immobiliser/ABS-D/ABS/ASR-E
0057
E144
Fuse, AGC-A4 automatic gearbox
0504
E153
0008
E156
Fuse, accessories lighting
0034
E158
Fuse, DIP-4 instrument panel
0067
E160
Fuse, ECS-DC3
0601 0640
E163
Fuse, rotating beams/roof hatch
0293
E165
Fuse, FPH-E fuel heater after contact
0313
E190
Fuse, ABS-D / ABS / ASR-E
0427 0450
E198
Fuse, central door lock
0308
E277
Fuse, VIC
0106
E279
Fuse, generator voltage control
0021
E280
Fuse, VIC
0104
E282
Fuse, engine brake switch/stop light switch
0257
E283
Fuse, headlamp height adjustment/width marker light, 1st, left

and right/tail light, right
0226
200440
11
2-9
LF45/55 series

1
11
E284
Fuse, width marker light, 2nd, left and right/tail light, left /search
lighting
0218
E285
Fuse, VIC/fog light switch
0212
E286
Main fuse
0047
E290
Fuse, RAS-EC
0453
E297
Fuse, airbag and seat belt tensioner system
0473
E299
0349
E330
0016
E349
Main fuse, cab
0002 0015
E354
0501 0534
E501
0264
E508
Temperature switch for air conditioning compressor
0380
E509
Air conditioning switch, high/low pressure
0382
E514
Cab stepwell lighting/interior lighting door switch, drivers side
0278
E515
Cab stepwell lighting/interior lighting door switch, co-drivers side
0280
E564
Engine brake switch
0130
E569
0125
E581
Cab heater timer unit
0388
E585
Selector switch, automatic gearbox (AT 1000/2000)
0515
E587
0127
E597
Switch, cooling fans, automatic gearbox (AGC)
0501
F000
0115
F006
Differential lock control switch, 1st differential
0116
F009
0121
F011
Control switch, engine oil pressure
0608 0647
F087
0079
F107
Control switch, brake lining wear, front left
0488
F108
Control switch, brake lining wear, front right
0490
F111
Control switch, brake lining wear, rear left
0492
F112
Control switch, brake lining wear, rear right
0493
F113
Control switch, brake lining wear, rear left, 2nd rear axle (6x2)
F114
2-10
Control switch, brake lining wear, rear right,
2nd
rear axle (6x2)
0495
0497
200440
LF45/55 series
F116
Oil level switch, RAS-EC
0462
F512
Wheel speed sensor, front axle, left
0407 0430
F513
Wheel speed sensor, front axle, right
0408 0432
F514
Wheel speed sensor, driven axle, left
0410 0433
F515
Wheel speed sensor, driven axle, right
0411 0435
F533
0050
F552
Crankshaft sensor
0601 0640
F558
Camshaft sensor
0603 0641
F566
Coolant temperature sensor
0605 0644
F601
Output shaft speed sensor, automatic gearbox
0504 0556
F602
Input shaft speed sensor, automatic gearbox
0505 0557
F603
Ultrasonic transmitter
0180
F604
Ultrasonic receiver
0182
F608
Fuel level sensor
0109
F612
Height sensor, ECAS, rear axle, left
0705 0721 0742
F613
Height sensor, ECAS, rear axle, right
0707 0743
F615
Pressure sensor, ECAS, driven axle, left/right
0746
F648
Fuel rail pressure sensor
0607 0645
F649
Charge boost pressure and temperature sensor
0610 0647
F651
0104
F652
Air pressure sensor
0106
F670
Sensor, turbine speed, automatic gearbox
0507
F671
Accelerator pedal sensor, ECS-DC3
0623 0662
F686
Radar sensor, alarm system
0185
F692
Water separator sensor
0316
F695
Angle sensor, trailing axle
0457
F696
Angle sensor, front axle
0459
F705
Speed sensor, AS Tronic
0455
G000
Rear light/marker light and search light relay
0201 0210
G001
Dipped beam relay
0206 0239
G002
Main beam relay
0208 0242
G004
Relay, front fog lamp
0212 0253
200440
11
2-11
LF45/55 series

1
11
G005
Relay, rear fog lamp
0118 0249
G008
0166 0171
G014
Glow plug relay
0047 0631 0669
G015
Contact relay
0027 0030
G036
Stop light relay
0258 0259
G185
0541 (in VIM D822)
G188
Lighting relay, accessories
0030 0034
G201
0313 0634 0673
G203
Transfer relay, starter motor
0037 0038 0042 0044
G294
Relay, automatic gearbox
0541 (in VIM D822)
G350
Reversing light relay, automatic gearbox
0541 (in VIM D822)
G353
Contact relay
0028 0314
G354
0025 0163
G355
Seat heating relay
0353 0354
G367
0008
G368
0010 0015
G397
Windscreen heating relay
0349
G425
Main switch relay
0064 0102
G444
Cooling fan relay, automatic gearbox (AGC-A4)
0534 0535
G507
G516
G517
G520
G522
Central earth, starter motor
G523
Central earth, engine
G524
G525
G528
Earth point, cab, airbag LHD/cab heater RHD
G529
Earth point, cab, cab heater LHD/airbag RHD
G735
Through-connection, Swedish lighting
0205
G742
Through-connection, VIC/DIP-4
0065
G743
Through-connection, main beam
0242
2-12
200440
LF45/55 series
G744
Through-connection, cab heater/warning lamps/central door

locking
0301
G748
Node, V-CAN
0195
G750
Node, V-CAN
0448 0599
G752
Node, V-CAN
0059
G753
Node, V-CAN
0596
2.4 SECTION DIAGRAMS FROM CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 1427090/04

Section diagram no.
200440
CAN overview
Main switch
Ignition/starter switch/charging circuit
Pre-glowing
VIC
10
12
13
Differential lock
15
Mirror heating/windscreen heating/mirror adjustment
19
Horn/cigar lighter/work lamp/air dryer
22
24
AGC automatic gearbox (AT1000/2000)
25
AGC automatic gearbox (MD3060)
31
CDS-3/drop glass operation/roof hatch
32
CDM
39
11
2-13
2-14
When the ignition/starter key is released, the

contact/starter switch automatically springs
back and remains in the contact position.

turned against the spring pressure
(connection between points 1 and 2), relay
G015 remains activated.
VOLTAGE AFTER CONTACT

wire 4001.
This then connects wire 1000 (voltage before
contact) to wire 1010 (voltage after contact).
VOLTAGE BEFORE CONTACT

Wire 1000 runs from the batteries (A500) to
the starter motor (B010), connecting point 30,
and via the main fuse (E349, 80 A) to
dashboard lead-through zone 1. Wire 1000
runs from the main fuse (E286, 125 A) to the
glow plug relay (G014). Wire 1000 and the +
distribution bolt in dashboard lead-through
zone 1 provide a constant voltage at pins 1
and 2 of connector 705 on the PCB.
This provides voltage before contact for the
entire PCB. Power is also provided (by wire
1000) from point 30 on the starter motor to the
B+1 connection of the alternator (A513). Wire
1000 goes from the + distribution bolt to the
ignition/starter switch (C841).
VOLTAGE BEFORE AND AFTER CONTACT
11

LF45/55 series
200440
200440
1427090/04
2-15
EL001618
2
3
4
1000
1/705
1000
1000
G014
1
5
125A
1000
E286
A500
80A
6
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
2/705
E349
8
9
31
1000
1000
G397
30
15
1000
1000
50A
E299
10
11
11
12
1000
30
50
13
4009
4009
1/704
4009
14
730
15
1000
16
B-
17
B+1
1/808
B12/702
2/808
4/808
G203
1000
18
19
1000
B+2
C841
6/808
4002
4002
4001
B010
G525
20
S /4
21
23
1020
22
L /2
24
D29/
746
1020
C51/
745
1020
720
4173
4173
4173
1211
+15 /3
A513
1020
25
768
B8/703
26
27
D942
D900
28
A10/702
29
4001
4001
30
M
2
31
A11/702
G520
32
G517
33
G516
4
34
G015
35
36
1010
37
1211
1211
1211
38
768
1211
10A
A5/701
720
E035
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
1000
1010
53
LF45/55 series
CAN OVERVIEW
11
2-16
Location
2
automatic transmission wiring
harness
8
AGC-T1000/2000 (D936):
(D866)
16
wiring harness of the ECS-DC3
engine management system
VARIANTS

INFORMATION
This section diagram gives an overview of all

the CAN connections, with wire markings and
connector points.
LF45/55 series
200440
3700E
3700E
3700E
850
3700E
3700E
3701E
3701E
3701E
3701E
3701E
850
10
3700E
3701E
A032
11
12
829
829
13
14
3700E
3701E
15
16
17
18
A9/
884
724
A12/
884
120
3701E
3701E
3700E
3700E
3700E
3700E
3700M
3701E
B53/
757
724
B52/
757
A087
19
20
21
3700N
3701N
22
23
24
25
A3/
820
A1/
820
26
27
28
3700J
3701J
29
30
31
32
33
B21/
797
C14/
745
B20/
797
C15/
745
3700D
3700K
B29/
853
3701D
3701K
B32/
853
3700G
34
35
36
37
12/
755
38
39
40
41
11/
755
5/
755
14/
755
3700C
7/
755
D20/
746
D18/
746
C1/
745
C2/
745
3701C
D900
3566
D911
3565
3700B
42
15
16
43
13/
755
D899
3700L
3700F
3701B
3701L
D903
3701G
3701E
3701M
3700E
1427090/04
3701E
A021
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
A4/
752
4/
775
A8/
752
3/
775
D912
3701H
3700A
D936 !
D961
C
D969
3700H
200440
3701A
51
B525
52
53
LF45/55 series
3701F
5
EL001619
2-17
11
120
MAIN SWITCH
11
MANUALLY OPERATED EARTH BREAKER

Turning main switch C553 anticlockwise will
break the earth connection between the
batteries (A500) and the chassis earth point.
Because the tachograph (B525) must have a
power supply and earth connection at all
times, earth wire 9001 is connected directly to
the earth connection of the batteries through
2-pin dashboard lead-through connector 813
in zone 1.
1.
2-18
LF45/55 series
200440

18
15
30
16
17
B010
50
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
D942
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
1000
53
LF45/55 series
9001
1000
1000
80A
2/705
A500
1000
1/705
200440
1000
1000
E349
C553
1000
9001
10
11
12
13
813
A5/
752
31
14
B525
1427090/04
EL001620
2-19
11
11
2-20

connection point 88 of relay G367.
This connection transmits a signal to the ECU
to indicate that relay G367 has switched.

connects the C1 and C2 connections to the
point A7.

1 and 2).
Closing the main switch electrically in the

cab
The main switch (D924) can be closed:

ELECTRICALLY OPERATED MAIN SWITCH
D924
G367
G368
E501695
C854
Switch C854 (switch for main switch on the

chassis) connects the C1 connection to the
G425
E153 E330

5 and 7).
Closing the main switch electrically on the

chassis

disconnects wire 4176, contacts 5 - 7 of
switch C853, wire 4177, contacts 1 - 2 of
switch C854 and the C1 and C2 connections
from the C4 and C5 connections via wire
4178.

1 and 2).
Opening the main switch electrically in the

cab
The main switch (D924) can be opened:


point A7.

LF45/55 series
200440
200440
G425
D924
E153 E330
G367
G368
E501695
C854
Opening the main switch electrically on

the chassis
Note:
When one of the switches (C853 or C854)
that activate the electronic unit (close main
switch) is operated, relays G367 and G368
are activated after approximately 3 seconds. If
one of the switches is operated again within
the 3 seconds, the electronic unit (D924) will
select the priority main switch ON.


breaks the C1 and C2 connections to the C4
and C5 connections via wire 4176, contacts
5 - 7 of switch C853, wire 4177, contacts 1 - 2
of switch C854 and wire 4178.
earth (A2) in the unit.
for approx. 0.5 seconds via wire 4175
and connection point A4. This breaks the
power supply.

5 and 7).
98, 101
99
98, 101
97
94
88, 90
Location
76
VARIANTS
G368, main switch relay, earth:
Fitted depending on the
hazardous substances
ADR is fitted.
ADR is fitted
834 is only present if ADR is
fitted
834 is only present if ADR is
fitted
Connector 831:
Only present if the system is
fitted with an external current
limiter (D826)
Connector 832:
Only present if the system is
fitted with an external current
limiter (D826)
Electronic unit, VLG current
limiter (D826):
Fitted depending on the
hazardous substances.
Version with production date
<2002-49: current limiter
(D826) used as shown
Version with production date
>2002-49 with current limiter
integrated into the MTCO
(B525).
LF45/55 series


earth (A2).
for approx. 0.5 sec. via wire 4175 and
connection point A4. This breaks the
power supply.
5
11
2-21

5
LF45/55 series
11
2-22
200440
54
55
56
A500
58
60
88
88A
61
62
63
1167
86
85B
64
65
66
1167
85A
67
68
4175
4174
69
70
1167
71
88A
88
4174
72
86
85B
73
74
85A
4175
80A
2/705
59
E349
1008
3173
75
76
77
0 I
C1
C2
4176
A3
78
80
4177
79
81
A1
82
C5
C4
83
1167
1167
A1
84
85
A7
86
87
1167
88
1010
90
91
86 87A
85
89
10A
B6/702
1357
1/705
1000
57
A2
4178
1000
1000
1000
1009
E330
E153
1008
1009
4174
4174
1167
5A
10A
4175
4175
A3 A4
G367
4178
4178
A5
G368
D924
1167
1167
4176
4176
4176
4176
4176
822
718
C853
C854
822
718
4177
4177
4177
9036
9036
E143
834
822
1357
1357
1357
1357
E1/
747
87
30
92
4179
!
834
D942
93
95
A513
3
D900
902
94
1357
96
97
1167
98
99
831
831
A1/
752
1127
1000
4179
4179
4179
4179
4179
834 822
1427090/04
B525
1000
1010
100 101 102 103 104 105 106
4
+
!
D826
A5/
752
BN
822
G425
833
822
832
1123
1123
BW
9001
9303
9303
BN
BW
833
200440
822
LF45/55 series
832
5
EL001621
2-23
11
2-24
STARTING CIRCUIT
When the contact switch is turned to the
start position, contacts 1 and 2 in this switch
are connected. Power is supplied to relay
G203 via wire 4002. The VIC (D900) connects
G203 to earth when the neutral position
switch (E569) in the gearbox is closed. Relay
G203 now supplies power via wire 4009 to
connection point 50 of the starter motor
(B010). As a result, the starter motor is
energised.
This means that if the gearbox is not in neutral
the VIC does not connect relay G203 to earth
and the relay is therefore not energised.
CONTACT CIRCUIT
When ignition/starter switch C841 is turned to
the accessories position (contact 1
connected to contact 6), the accessories
relay (G355) is energised via wire 1130.
If ignition switch C841 is turned further
(contact 1 is connected to 4), ignition relay
G015 will be activated via wire 4001. Wire
1010 is supplied with power.
After starting, the voltage on terminals B+ and
15 (pin 3) will rise to about 28.5 V. Once this
voltage is reached, the control IC in the
regulator interrupts the pre-exciter coil to
enable the voltage to be regulated. The
magnetic field will now disappear, so that the
generator will not be energised for a short
period of time. As a result, the voltage on
outputs B+ and 15 will drop.
The regulator reactivates when the voltage
drops below 27.6 V. This means that the
voltage supplied by the generator remains
relatively constant. The batteries are supplied
through generator output B+1.
CHARGING CIRCUIT
When the ignition is switched on, power is
supplied to both the B+ connection and
connection 15 (pin 3) of the alternator.
An internal resistor in the alternator is
energised by an IC in the carbon brush holder.
This resistor ensures that a low level of
current passes through the energising
resistor. This excites a magnetic field in the
alternator.
IGNITION/STARTER SWITCH/CHARGING CIRCUIT
11
2.
The alternator is also equipped with a

sens connection (pin 4). However, this
connection is not used and is now connected
directly to B+2. The function of this connection
is to correct the voltage difference between
B+ and the batteries.
The alternator charging current warning lamp

is activated via wire 1020, which is connected
to the VIC (D900). The VIC controls the DIP
via the CAN network. The voltage on wire
1020 is switched by the control IC. Errors are
also shown on the DIP display through this
connection.
LF45/55 series
200440
1000
1000
1000
1/705
125A
1000
2/705
80A
1000
A500
G014
1
5
E286
1000
1000
E349
31
1000
1000
10
12
1000
30
11
1/704
4009
4009
13
50
4009
14
B12/702
4002
15
1000
4002
B-
16
17
B+1
C841
18
B+2
19
1000
G355
1
18
20
S /4
+15 /3
1211
23
1020
22
L /2
21
4173
D29/
746
C51/
745
24
25
C20/
745
D942
26
27
B1
B3
28
G520
D900
29
30
31
32
4001
33
M
A11/702
35
36
34
G015
37
38
39
1010
40
E035
720
730
B010
1000
1/808
4/808
4001
6/808
1130
G203
2/808
G525
A513
B8/703
4173
1020
1020
1020
1000
720
768
4721
4721
4721
714
952
952
1427090/04
718
2
E569
A10/702
4001
10A
A5/701
1211
1211
1211
200440
41
768
42
1211
43
44
B39/
757
45
D903
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
1000
1010
LF45/55 series
1211
5
EL001622
2-25
11
5.
PRE-GLOWING
11
LF45/55 series

INFORMATION
2-26
200440
A500
E349
1/808
11
G203
5
2
1000
1000
30
10
E286
4001
125A
31
1000
4/808
2/705
80A
A10/702
4001
1/705
1000
2/808
1000
C841
6/808
1000
1000
1000
1000
4009
12
50
4009
1000
730
13
B010
A11/702
14
15
16
1000
B-
17
18
B+1
19
20
1000
B+2
10A
21
S /4
A5/701
1211
1211
1211
1211
E035
1211
+15 /3
1211
720
768
22
24
1020
23
L /2
A513
D29/
746
1020
25
1020
G015
G525
720
26
768
C8/
745
27
4014
4014
28
D900
29
30
31
32
4014
B1/
757
B39/
757
1177
33
34
720
B16/
757
B7/
757
1177
4001
720
4013
35
86
85
4013
1211
779
779
G014
1177
1000
4014
D942
4014
1010
B341
G524
1427090/04
36
779
37
38
B4/
757
39
D903
1177
30A
1/706
1177
1000
E160
40
B3/
757
1177
41
G520
42
B9/
757
720
43
1177
1177
44
45
B14/ B15/
757 757
B12/ B13/
757 757
1177
200440
G520
G520
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
1000
1010
LF45/55 series
G520
5
EL001623
2-27
11
VIC
11
2-28
Location
14
If the vehicle is fitted with CDM,
see section diagram 32
39
Connector 762:
not fitted on vehicle type FT
88
Electronic unit, ABS/ASR-E
(D961):
If ABS-D fitted, the electronic unit
is D941
116
AGC-T1000/2000 (D936):
(D866)
138
On vehicle type LF55
156
Connector 780:
connector A070
182
Connector 763: Not fitted on
vehicle type FT
VARIANTS

INFORMATION
8.
LF45/55 series
200440
200440
1427090/04
2-29
EL001624
2/808
3
1/808
1000
1000
4
5
4001
C841
E349
1
2
4/808
6/808
A10/702
4001
4001
1000
1010
M
A11/702
9
10
2 4
11
11
12
G353
13
14
1240
1240
10A
4/710
15
E091
786
1358
1240
16
17
18
D26/
746
4684
4684
19
G742
20
A2/
743
1114
15A
A12/701
21
D32/
746
4602
1240
786
E587
4602
E108
23
E3/
747
A5/
743
1198
1199
A9/
743
22
786
15A
A6/702
E280
24
25
E5/
747
15A
B6/701
26
E277
27
D13/
746
3636
733
D942
3636
28
29
3637
D3/
746
3636
3637
733
30
F651
31
32
A1
3503
33
953
D12/
746
3503
F608
3503
713
34
D900
953
35
36
B9
C34/
745
3408
37
766
3408
713
38
39
12
P
10
A2
C30/
745
3402
40
713
D1/
746
3402
762
E514
2
14
3408
F006
3402
F000
2600
2600
A11/703
2600
766
762
7/709
41
0 I
42
43
B20/
744
3153
3153
C804
44
4593
46
C763
45
4593
D14/
746
47
48
1356
49
4051
4051
787
50
1356
15A
B2/703
A9/703
51
1356
E564
E282
D24/
746
1356
52
1356
1356
3/710
1000
1010
1356
53
787
LF45/55 series
55
A2
1427090/04
57
P1
58
A3
59
B7
60
61
F652
D11/
746
B8
62
63
P2
A1
64
D31/
746
65
66
67
C2/
745
C1/
745
68
69
70
71
72
73
D904
74
C22/ C23/ C24/ C25/ C26/

745 745 745 745 745
D20/ D18/
746 746
14/
755
12/
755
7/
755
5/
755
75
2622
76
77
C49/
745
78
79
C892
8
17
B030
1
19
80
D900
C31/ C33/ C15/

745 745 745
81
82
83
A14/ A15/
820 820
85
C14/
745
84
A1/
820
86
A3/
820
87
88
D961
89
C13/
745
90
91
2/
737
92
3647
93
94
95
97
A9/
796
B16/
797
96
C36/
745
D911
98
99
D27/
746
D940
100 101 102 103 104 105 106
8/
837
11
56/
837
10
D28/
746
1000
1010
56
A4
714
D16/
746
714
D21/
746
3639
B9/
744
714
3565
5160
5160
3431
714
3566
9033
9033
D851
714
3700C
3642
3642
B10/
744
714
3701C
3643
3643
3638
3638
3638
4/769
3700D
3700J
3700G
D899
3644
3644
3640
3640
3640
2/769
3701D
3701J
3701G
25/
748
735
3432
3639
3/769
3638
3638
7/769
2622
2622
2622
3641
3641
3641
5/769
4614
4614
3639
3639
3639
6/769
3427
3427
3647
3647
3647
13/
748
D905
3725
3725
D942
3647
719
3725
3652
3652
719
835
3726
3726
2-30
835
3726
11
54
1000
1010
LF45/55 series
EL001625
200440
3435
724
A1
B25/
853
D936
801
7/
802
A8
D758
B11
F009
2
12
3143
C891
B1
23
741
C891
B6
23
C891
B7
23
741
D8/
746
B5
F692
1
39
714
C19/
745
C51/
745
G203
2
2
B23/
744
B4
B245
1
26
714
C18/
745
B19/
744
B1
A1/
743
C750
5
26
C765
6
7
B15/
744
C892
5
17
D23/
746
5189
D926
D903
B17/
744
A6
F107
1
36
A4/
743
C119
1
14
D36/
746
D34/
746
E004
2
11
C727
6
11
D29/
746
A513
L
2
C9/
745
B12
C071
1
19
1000
1010
C725
5
19
107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159
B63/
757
3435
716
829
3670
3670
3144
3143
5189
2003
2003
C17/
745
713
B16/
744
736
C35/
745
2114
2114
D900
2140
2140
B13/
744
741
3144
3142
3142
5049
5049
4173
4173
4596
4596
3458
3458
3458
720
D942
713
B5/
744
3412
3412
1000
1010
718
824
798
798
713
714
858
4030
4030
4030
3479
3412
3412
3412
1427090/04
858
751
4594
4594
B079
3406
3406
2610
2610
1020
1020
2155
2155
2155
780
200440
2155
LF45/55 series
2155
5
EL001626
2-31
11
1427090/04
C727
3
11
G002
5
11
G014
2
22
G005
1
11
B1
B3
C7/
745
E285
2
11
E515
1
14
C42/
745
A4
B14/
744
A2
F087
1
26
C32/
745
B10
C4/
745
D5/
746
B4
D6/
746
B5
D7/
746
B6
10
D9/
746
B3
D25/
746
A6
11
A068
A021
A004
1000
1010
160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212
C727
5
11
2150
2150
2150
2168
2168
4014
720
4014
2122
2122
2647
2647
2639
2639
3435
3435
D22/
746
718
C20/
745
718
C40/
745
718
C6/
745
718
824
3143
C8/
745
718
D35/
746
G520
718
816
4721
4721
4721
714
952
F569
713
763
3524
3524
3524
4047
4047
3428
3428
3428
3144
3144
3145
3145
3146
3146
3420
D900
D942
718
2-32
3143
4594
11
952
718
1000
1010
LF45/55 series
EL001627
200440
5
LF45/55 series

11
200440
2-33
11
When the contact is switched on, power is

supplied to the reversing light switch (E501)
via E018 and wire 1217.
This switch is mounted in the gearbox. The
contacts are closed when the gearbox is
switched to the reverse position.
Power is then supplied via wire 4591 to the
reversing lights (C026/C027) and drawn
vehicle connector A001.
The reversing buzzer (B176) can only be
activated via wire 5104 if the dashboard
switch (C880) is in position I. Switching C880
to the 0 position turns off the reversing buzzer.
The application connector (A070) also has a
connection that is switched by the reversing
light switch (E501).
10. REVERSING LIGHTS/BUZZER
2-34
LF45/55 series
200440
1000
1010
1/808
4/808
1000
1000
E349
1
2
4001
C841
6/808
A10/702
10
4001
11
15A
B11/702
1217
12
1217
13
1217
E018
713
952
15
4591
14
F501
4591
4591
16
4591
A7
17
18
19
4591
20
4591
21
22
4591
A001
23
24
G520
25
26
D942
4591
27
764
28
29
0 I
4591
B2
4591
A3
30
4591
5104
4001
952
765
C026
765
1427090/04
C027
10
764
713
C880
31
713
200440
32
33
4591
B176
34
35
4591
36
A070
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
1000
1010
LF45/55 series
5104
5
EL001628
2-35
11
2/808
2-36
CAB TILTING GEAR

The switch for the cab lock (F009) is a
normally closed switch. The switch is
opened when the cab is in the driving position.
When the cab is tilted, the switch closes and
pin B16/744 of the VIC is connected to earth
via wire 4312.
When the alarm is active it knows that the cab
is in the driving position because a small
current goes to earth through the control
switch for cab tilting (F009). Diode D758
prevents this current from also flowing to earth
through the VIC (the VIC in sleep mode), in
which case the alarm would not know whether
the cab is being tilted intentionally or by
accident.
STOP LIGHTS
When stop lights/clutch switch E587 is
operated (connection between contacts
4 and 3) by depressing the brake pedal, relay
G036 is energised via wire 4602. Power will
also be supplied to the VIC (pin D32/746).
Through fuse E013, wire 1209, contacts 3 and
5 of relay G036 and wire 4601 a voltage is
now applied to the right stop light (C021) and
the left stop light (C020), so that they come
on. The lights that are connected via drawn
vehicle socket A000 will also come on. The
ECAS-3 unit (D851) or ECAS-2 unit (D802)
then also receives a signal.
Application connector A070 is also connected
to wire 4601.
STOP LIGHTS/CAB TILTING GEAR
11
12.
Location
13
23,28
Connector 762:
29
On a 6x2 vehicle, ECAS-2
electronic unit D802 (7/340)
VARIANTS
LF45/55 series
200440
3412
B5/
797
3412
D911
B11
D758
798
A8
10
11
12
E282
4602
D26/
746
D32/
746
13
E091
2
8
786
14
E587
D900
15
B10/702
2 4
16
17
18
19
G036
3
4601
1209
20
21
4601
10A
22
A13
B5/703
4602
4602
4602
1356
786
786
B16/
744
3479
3412
3412
3412
3412
3412
798
713
F009
G520
718
824
A070
23
E013
713
24
762
4601
4601
4601
4601
25
4601
D942
8/707
26
27
4601
28
12
24/
748
4601
A000
4684
4684
1240
765
C020
765
1000
1010
29
D851
762
200440
1427090/04
G520
12
30
764
C021
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
1000
1010
LF45/55 series
764
5
EL001629
2-37
11
15A
11
If the contact switch (C841) is activated, a

voltage is applied through fuse E018 and wire
1217 to the cross-axle differential lock switch
(C748). If switch C748 is operated, a voltage
is applied to the operating valve for the
cross-axle differential lock (B243) through
wire 4517. If the differential is locked, the
differential lock control switch (F006) connects
pin C34/745 of the VIC to earth via wire 3408.
The VIC will activate the DIP through I-CAN to
switch on the differential lock switched on
indicator.
13. DIFFERENTIAL LOCK
2-38
LF45/55 series
200440
1000
1010
1000
1000
E349
1
2
4/808
1/808
1000
4001
C841
6/808
A10/702
10
4001
11
A4
12
0 I
15A
1/708
1217
1217
4001
13
14
B243
15
16
C34/
745
17
B9
713
E018
C748
713
766
4517
4517
4517
G520
1427090/04
766
3408
3408
200440
18
766
13
3408
19
D900
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
D942
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
1000
1010
LF45/55 series
F006
5
EL001630
2-39
11
2/808
11
2-40
WINDSCREEN HEATING SYSTEM

If the vehicle has a windscreen heating
system, the windscreen heating relay (G397)
will be energised when the mirror heating
system is activated.
The windscreen heating system (B371) will be
supplied with power via fuse E299. The
windscreen heating relay (G397) will
12 minutes.
MIRROR HEATING
set to the contact position (connection
between points 1 and 4), relay G353 is
energised via wire 4001. This relay
supplies power to the mirror heating
switch (C867) and the mirror adjustment
switch (C868) via fuse E044 and wire 1208.
When the mirror heating switch (C867) is
operated, power is supplied to mirror heating
B017 (drivers side) and B018 (co-drivers
side) via wire 4532.
The time-dependent windscreen heating relay
(G397) will also be energised. This relay will
12 minutes.
The mirror adjustment system can only be

used if the contact relay (G353) is energised.
For this, wires 4770 and 4774 (left-hand side)

or 4771 and 4774 (right-hand side) supply
power to the motor for the left/right movement.
Wires 4772 and 4774 (left-hand side) or 4771
and 4774 (right-hand side) supply power to
the adjusting motor for the up and down
movement.
When pins 10 and 5 are connected, mirror

adjustment switch C868 is in the right-hand
mirror position. When pins 8 and 4 are
connected, the mirror adjustment switch is in
the left-hand mirror position.
MIRROR ADJUSTMENT
The outside mirrors are adjusted using
joystick switches C868 (drivers side and
co-drivers side). If the handle of the switch is
moved from the rest position (centre) in a
particular direction, power will be supplied to
mirror adjustment motor B005 (left-hand side)
or B006 (right-hand side) and the mirror in
question will follow the movement of the
handle.
15. MIRROR HEATING/WINDSCREEN HEATING/MIRROR ADJUSTMENT

LF45/55 series
200440
200440
1427090/04
2-41
EL001631
15
1000
1010
A500
80A
1000
1000
1000
1000
E349
50A
1000
2/808
31
1603
E299
4/808
6/808
1/808
30
4001
C841
10
11
12
B010
50
11
13
14
87
30
4530
1603
4001
A10/702
15
87A
B371
4001
G507
16
17
18
86
85
t=12m
G507
4532
19
10
20
739
4532
7
21
4532
4532
4532
22
733
C867
23
1208
739
4532
789
4532
B018
0 I
G397
789
2
24
4532
4532
788
4532
738
M
25
B017
788
27
2 4
5
28
D942
26
A11/702
29
G353
30
1208
31
1358
32
11
1208
33
738
1208
1208
1208
20A
6/709
732
E044
34
35
1208
36
37
10
1208
G507
38
738
39
40
41
14
14
4773
4773
738
4771
4770
12
12
4773
739
10
4773
789
4771
42
739
738
43
4774
4774
44
738
45
4771
13
13
4774
4774
739
4774
C868
4773
4771
789
4774
789
4771
B006
4774
4774
46
788
47
4772
4770
4770
48
788
49
4772
4772
50
788
B005
51
52
1000
1010
53
LF45/55 series
11
2-42
WORK LAMP
Work lamp switch C725 is supplied with
voltage from power supply before contact and
via fuse E052. When the switch is operated
voltage is applied to the work lamp (C071)
and to pin C9/745 of the VIC unit in order to
activate the work lamp indicator on the DIP
via I-CAN.
CIGAR LIGHTER
If the vehicle ignition switch (C841) is in the
contacts 1 and 6), cigar lighter B030 is
supplied with power via fuse E026 and wire
1105. By depressing the cigar lighter, the
heating element is warmed up.
HORN
The horn (B401) is activated before contact
via steering column switch C775 (1000). The
horn is supplied with power via wire 4979 and
fuse E019.
AIR DRYER
When the vehicle ignition (C841) is on
(connection between contacts 1 and 4), relay
G353 is activated. This relay supplies power
to the air dryer heating element (B042) via
a thermal switch in the air dryer switches off.
with power via the same wire.
19. HORN/CIGAR LIGHTER/WORK LAMP/AIR DRYER

Location
20,24
Connector 780:
connector A070
35
VARIANTS
LF45/55 series
200440
1427090/04
2-43
EL001632
1
2
1000
1010
B5
B2
C775
4979
4979
772
772
4979
A1/701
4979
4535
200440
19
741
5
6
E349
1
2
4535
4535
1000
1000
A3/701
15A
E019
742
2/808
4535
4/808
4535
1/808
10
4001
11
1130
B401
C841
6/808
721
722
1000
11
12
A10/702
13
4001
4001
14
A2/701
15
1130
1130
16
1105
31
2622
1105
A10/701
20A
17
E026
18
C49/
745
2622
19
B030
20
C9/
745
2155
21
2155
C071
D900
24
2155
1110
25
B12
2155
2155
26
780
0 I
23
2155
22
780
G520
2155
713
7/707
10A
E052
C725
D942
27
A070
28
30
2 4
29
A11/702
31
32
G353
33
F692
3
39
1240
34
B4
1358
35
1240
1240
G520
1240
1240
10A
4/710
36
E091
713
B042
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
1000
1010
53
LF45/55 series
11
2-44
Location
49
Connector 852:
Optional connector for remote
throttle function
66
The CAN terminating resistor is
fitted in the wiring harness, near
the B connector
129
BE engine (4-cylinder)
186
CE engine (6-cylinder)
VARIANTS

MANUAL
22. ECS-DC3/EXHAUST BRAKE
LF45/55 series
200440
A500
1/705
1000
E349
30
E286
31
1000
125A
4001
C841
A10/702
10
50
1000
4001
2/705
4/808
1000
2/808
1000
1/808
1000
6/808
80A
11
12
13
14
G015
15
16
3/710
17
1 3
18
19
787
20
21
22
C8/
745
D24/
746
B5/
744
23
724
1000
24
4014
25
26
3435
27
B16/
757
B63/
757
A513
+15
2
28
86
85
29
30
E035
32
31
B4/
757
B39/
757
720
787
E564
1356
1356
4051
A9/703
1356
15A
B2/703
1356
4051
4014
1000
1000
1000
D900
E282
3435
4014
720
779
4014
10A
A5/701
1211
1211
1211
1211
4013
4013
B11/
757
4087
33
34
B1/
757
1177
1177
35
B192
B55/
757
B7/
757
1177
B83/
757
720
36
37
38
F671
4677
4677
768
779
779
G014
4679
719
B81/
757
D903
1177
30A
39
40
719
719
4679
4678
4678
1/706
41
1177
1356
B72/
757
1177
42
720
B50/
757
44
F671
43
719
D942
719
E160
4681
4681
1177
B73/
757
B12/ B13/
757 757
4166
45
4166
4680
4680
4680
1177
46
719
1010
47
4680
4001
A11/702
B010
48
49
50
51
52
53
1000
1010
B68/ B85/ B21/

757 757 757
B68
1177
852
1000
B341
G524
B85
1211
859
768
768
859
776
4087
4051
4087
1427090/04
776
852
200440
B21
22
852
LF45/55 series
852
5
EL001633
2-45
11
54
55
15A
A6/701
1427090/04
56
B5
57
E165
58
59
60
61
724
G201
1179
5051
5051
5051
62
64
120
63
65
66
67
68
D900
C14
C
D900
C15
C
69
70
71
72
B25/
757
B37/
757
B53/
757
B52/
757
B2/
757
B18/
757
3700E
825
724
3701E
713
954
B182
9035
73
74
825
5048
9035
5048
3700E
3700E
3701E
724
3003
3003
3701E
3039
3039
724
A068
75
B3/
757
76
G520
2-46
77
B9/
757
78
G520
22
79
B14/
757
80
G520
11
81
B15/
757
82
83
D903
G520
D942
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100 101 102 103 104 105 106
1000
1010
954
1000
1010
LF45/55 series
EL001634
200440
WT
RD
BW
F552
WT/BN
RD
BW
F558
GL/OE
GL/BN
F566
GN/GL
GN/BN
GN/OE
F648
P
2
ZT
VI/GL
A15/
827
U&R
F649
P&T
A10/ A28/ A21/ A29/ A5/ A7/

827 827 827 827 827 827
BN/GL
A12/ A27/ A20/ A9/

827 827 827 827
F011
A18/
827
BN/GN
A36/
827
BN
A23/
827
BN/OE
A30/
827
BN/WT
A25/
827
BN/VI
A24/
827
C13/ C9/
828 828
RD/GL
C15/ C10/
828 828
RD/OE
D903
C16/ C11/
828 828
WT/GL
D942
C12/ C4/
828 828
B134
1000
1010
107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159
1000
1010
RD/GN
B334
RD/BN
B131
1427090/04
B132
WT/GR
200440
WT/OE
22
B133
LF45/55 series
WT/BN
5
EL001635
2-47
11
WT
RD
BW
F552
WT
RD
BW
F558
GL/OE
GL/BN
F566
GN/GL
GN/BN
GN/OE
F648
ZT
U&R
F649
P&T
BN/GL
VI/GL
A10/ A28/ A21/ A29/ A5/ A7/

827 827 827 827 827 827
C13/ C9/
828 828
C6/ C3/
828 828
C12/ C4/
828 828
C14/ C5/
828 828
C16/ C11/
828 828
C15/ C10/
828 828
1000
1010
B136
160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212
F011
A15/
827
BN/GN
A12/ A27/ A20/ A9/

827 827 827 827
BN
A18/
827
BN/OE
A36/
827
BN/WT
A23/
827
BN/VI
A30/
827
RD/GL
A25/
827
RD/WT
A24/
827
WT/RD
WT
D903
BW/GL
D942
RD/GN
B334
RD/BW
B131
WT/VI
B132
WT/BW
B133
1427090/04
B134
BW/GN
2-48
BW/OE
22
BW/BN
11
B135
1000
1010
LF45/55 series
EL001636
200440
5
LF45/55 series

11
200440
2-49
11
2-50

chassis.
gearbox (B25/853) to the VIC unit (D900)
Range inhibit (B23/853) to the VIC unit
(D900)
CAN connections (B29/853 and B32/853)
Neutral position protection (G/900) to the
VIC unit (D900)

to the earth side of the batteries (A500).

E279 and wire 1211.
The AT 1000/2000 automatic gearbox selector
switch (E585) receives power after contact
through fuse E016 and wire 1217. The
reversing lights are activated from the same
switch via wire 4591.

directly from the batteries (A500) via a
10 A fuse (E144) and wire 1302.
The voltage before contact can also be found
in the diagnostic socket for the automatic
gearbox (A032).
Location
122
Automatic gearbox socket,
superstructure (AT2000), A096
VARIANTS
24. AGC AUTOMATIC GEARBOX (AT1000/2000)
LF45/55 series
200440
125A
1000
1/705
E349
31
10
11
30
E354
15A
E144
10A
4001
A10/702
12
50
1637
1302
4001
2/705
1000
1000
1/808
4/808
6/808
13
14
15
16
M
A11/702
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
B32/
853
B29/
853
120
B3/
853
24
E035
25
26
3701E
3700E
720
G015
1302
1302
1000
1000
80A
1000
1302
3701E
3701E
1000
E286
A500
2/808
1000
1302
3700E
3700E
G014
1
5
1637
5720
10A
A5/701
1211
1211
C841
908
1000
1000
908
E597
B399
1211
27
28
829
29
30
3701E
3700E
1211
829
829
A032
1211
1211
31
32
B1/ B5/
853 853
B2/ B4/
853 853
33
3701E
34
35
36
C2/
745
C1/
745
D936
3700E
4001
B010
B25/
853
37
A1
829
38
B13/
744
B23/
853
A3
39
716
D942
724
3701E
829
40
C11/
745
B13/
853
10
42
A4
41
716
4614
4614
1010
724
3700E
829
B3
43
716
3458
3458
3458
830
44
C20/
745
D900
45
714
3746
3746
3746
4721
4721
1000
46
47
48
829
952
200440
1427090/04
G520
24
49
/900
50
4721
4721
51
952
52
53
4001
1000
1010
LF45/55 series
/900
5
EL001637
2-51
11
54
55
4001
A20/
854
A8/
854
A7/
854
A6/
854
A5/
854
56
57
58
59
60
61
F670
F601
62
63
64
F602
65
66
4A
67
4D
68
69
4B
70
E585
4C
71
72
7D
15A
B11/702
A7
73
74
5668
7C
C026
1
10
75
76
7F
C027
1
10
77
78
C880
5
10
5668
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
B201
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
A30/ A32/ A21/ A28/

854 854 854 854
A25
854
A22/ A23/ A24/

854 854 854
A4/
854
A10/ A29/
854 854
A2/
854
A3/
854
A1/
854
D936
1000
1010
A26/ A27/ A31/

854 854 854
D942
100 101 102 103 104 105 106
4001
4591
4591
1217
1217
1217
4591
4591
4591
D936
A15/ A16/ A13/ A14/ A17/ A18/

854 854 854 854 854 854
5656
5656
/900
5657
5657
/900
5660
5660
/900
5661
5661
/900
5658
5658
/900
5708
E018
713
952
829
762
952
829
5659
5659
/900
5669
5669
5709
5709
/900
5674
5674
5710
5710
/900
5676
5676
5711
5711
/900
5706
5706
5712
5712
/900
5673
5673
5668
5668
/900
3740
3740
4591
4591
4591
1217
1217
/900
1427090/04
/900
5670
5670
5696
5696
5666
5666
5671
5671
5675
5675
5672
5672
5695
5695
5663
5663
5707
5707
24
5708
2-52
5662
11
5662
1000
1010
LF45/55 series
EL001638
200440
1427090/04
B10/ B11/ B12/ B19/ B21/

853 853 853 853 853
B8/
853
B6/
853
D936
A096
D942
1000
1010
107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159
1000
1010
4006
4006
110
110
111
111
112
112
24
5628
5628
4596
4596
200440
3718
LF45/55 series
3718
5
EL001639
2-53
11
11
2-54

chassis.
gearbox (S31/905) to the VIC unit (D900)
CAN connections (S13/905 and S29/905)
Vehicle interface module (D822, pin F1)

to the earth side of the batteries (A500) and
also run to the electronic unit (D866) via the
VIM (pins K1 and K2).

E279 and wire 1211. Wire 1211 is connected
directly to electronic unit D866 (pin S4/905).
The wire also runs to the VIM (pin C1) and
various relays in de VIM are supplied with
voltage after contact via a 10 A fuse (IGN).
The voltage after contact can also be found in
the diagnostic socket for the automatic
gearbox (A032).

directly from the batteries (A500) via wire 336
and a 10 A fuse (MAIN) in the VIM (D822,
pins J1 and J2). The electronic unit (D866)
receives voltage before contact at pin V1/907
and V16/907 from the VIM (D822, pins R1
and R2) via wires 1164.
Note:
Where an automatic gearbox is fitted, there
are two dashboard lead-through connectors,
716. One connector is occupied by spare
wiring (see application connectors) and the
other has 3 occupied positions (A1, wire 3458;
A3, wire 123; and A4, wire 4614), only one of
which is connected.
The 716 with the spare wiring is not then
connected and hangs loose near the
dashboard lead-through.
25. AGC AUTOMATIC GEARBOX (MD3060)
LF45/55 series
200440
125A
1000
1000
2/808
336
336
1000
1/808
31
4/808
E349
2/705
1000
1000
1000
6/808
10
30
4001
11
A10/702
50
12
4001
1/705
1000
E286
A500
G014
1
5
80A
1000
1000
13
25A
14
E354
15
16
17
18
20
19
1637
21
22
23
15A
24
A7
25
26
M
A11/702
27
28
V27/
907
10
D961
A8
21
29
J1
R1
R2
30
J2
31
L1
32
K1
33
K2
L2
34
A1
35
C026
1
10
36
4591
37
B1
VIM30
3
4
G350
VIM18
S2
V4/
907
V1/ V16/ V17/ V32/

907 907 907 907
1010
829
B11/702
1217
1217
1637
5721
5721
G444
844
847
E018
713
952
829
1637
1637
1000
G015
1164
5720
5720
5720
5720
5720
5720
845
846
E597
846
848
B400
848
12WT
C841
B010
1164
336
10A
1217
1217
4614
4614
21WT
336
38
39
4591
40
C027
1
10
41
B2 A3
3
4
G294
2
S3
42
A2
43
M1
SF02
3
44
45
D2 E3
E2
46
47
P1
48
F1
G185
V6/
907
V3/
907
V2/
907
D822
D866
5649
829
5655
MAIN
5705
4001
49
50
G1
51
52
4721
53
1000
1010
829
D942
1217
4006
1000
4591
B399
847
844
1427090/04
4591
4721
200440
829
25
4721
LF45/55 series
952
5
EL001640
2-55
11
54
58
59
60
61
62
63
1211
1211
SF03
65
66
C2 F3 F2
64
E1
67
68
H2
69
70
VIM30
71
72
850
73
74
75
76
1211
5
77
850
78
79
850
1211
1211
E035
720
829
57
C1 D1
SF04
M2
80
81
850
A5/701
56
D822
120
3700E
82
83
84
85
86
87
3701E
88
829
829
3700E
89
90
3701E
C20/
745
91
92
93
C1/
745
94
C2/
745
A1
95
2170
96
97
98
B13/ C49/
744 745
D900
99
2170
857
857
100 101 102 103 104 105 106
849
1000
1010
55
P2
S31/
905
S29/
905
S13/
905
S17/
905
S1/
905
850
10A
4721
1211
VIM18
6034
N2
5701
10A
S4/
905
3662
IGN
1211
1211
V20/
907
5689
V22/
907
850
5689
5690
3701E
3701E
3700E
3700E
V18/
907
4721
5690
D866
3701E
3701E
A032
3458
1211
1211
3700E
3700E
724
829
716
724
3458
3701E
1427090/04
1211
D942
D867
2-56
3458
25
2170
11
3700E
1000
1010
LF45/55 series
EL001641
200440
T15/
906
T25/
906
T30/
906
T14/
906
T32/
906
5656
1427090/03
856
855
855
D
855
W
855
L
B201
855
H
855
C
855
855
855
855
855
855
855
T7/
906
T22/
906
855
T1/
906
T6/
906
T21/
906
855
T2/
906
855
T17/
906
T5/
906
855
T3/
906
T20/
906
T4/
906
5676
T26/
906
855
T12/
906
V5/
907
V11/ V12/ V13/

907 907 907
V14/ V28/ V29/ V30/

907 907 907 907
V31/
907
11
12
10
167
167
T27/
906
5646
5646
T13/
906
153
153
T9/
906
5628
5628
T31/
906
177
177
107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159
F602
F601
856
856
856
5656
5657
5657
5658
5658
5659
5659
5695
5695
5660
5660
5661
5661
5696
5696
5662
5662
5663
5663
5664
5664
5665
5665
5666
5666
5667
5667
5668
5668
5669
5669
5670
5670
5671
5671
5672
5672
5673
5673
5674
5674
5675
5675
25
5676
T16/
906
5644
5644
D866
855
1000
1010
6035
6035
D942
5648
5648
1000
1010
5647
200440
A074
LF45/55 series
5647
5
EL001594
2-57
11
V14/ V28/ V29/ V30/

907 907 907 907
V11/ V12/ V13/

907 907 907
V5/
907
T30/
906
T14/
906
T32/
906
T16/
906
5656
1427090/04
F602
F601
856
856
856
5656
5657
5657
5658
5658
5659
856
5659
167
167
5628
5646
5646
153
153
5628
5648
177
177
11
5644
5644
12
6035
6035
25
6
5648
2-58
V31/
907
5647
11
10
5647
D866
D942
1000
1010
A074
160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212
1000
1010
LF45/55 series
EL001643
200440
5
LF45/55 series

11
200440
2-59
11
DROP GLASS OPERATION

When the vehicle ignition is switched on
(connection between pins 1 and 4, C841),
relay G353 is energised. Via fuse E044 and
wire 1208, relay G353 supplies power to the
electric drop glass door switches (C864 in the
drivers door, C865 in the co-drivers door for
the co-drivers door, and C866 in the drivers
door).
There are two independent drop glass
switches. In the rest position, pins 7 and 4 of
the switch are connected to power supply via
wire 1208. Depending on the side on which
the switch is operated, pin 7 or 4 will be
connected to earth and the drop glass motor
(B003 - drivers side, B004 - co-drivers side)
will be activated.
31. CDS-3/DROP GLASS OPERATION/ROOF HATCH
2-60
LF45/55 series
200440
1000
A8/702
G744
4/808
1000
1000
1000
E349
1
2
1/808
1000
10
4001
C841
6/808
A10/702
11
12
4001
4001
13
M
A11/702
14
15
2 4
1
5
16
G353
17
18
19
1358
20
21
I 0 II
22
11
23
24
25
B003
26
C866
20A
6/709
1208
1208
27
D942
E044
732
738
1208
28
29
1208
30
31
32
10
33
34
35
36
II 0 I
II 0 I
37
C865
4
38
39
B004
40
41
C864
1208
1208
738
1000
4529
739
1208
1208
1208
4520
4520
4521
4521
4520
1208
4528
1000
1010
738
G507
1427090/04
4525
738
739
200440
4521
31
4524
42
43
44
10
739
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
1000
1000
1010
LF45/55 series
G507
5
EL001644
2-61
11
2/808
11
2-62
Unlocking co-drivers side door with

switch C774.
connected to pin 1), connection DO of
component B200 is connected to earth. The
co-drivers door will unlock.
Unlocking co-drivers side door using

key.
This is equivalent to opening a door without
central locking. The other door remains
locked.
Conditions: both doors locked.
Purpose:
Automatic locking of both doors when
one of the doors is locked with the
key/button.
Automatic locking of both doors using
remote control.
If one of the two doors is unlocked using
the key/button, only this door will be
unlocked; the other door will remain
locked.
Automatic unlocking of the drivers side
door using remote control.
CENTRAL DOOR LOCKING
DO
DL
1000
10
D905
16
12
7
C774
14
I 0 II
30B
31
E501717
B200
alarm + diagnose
VIC
13 15
30B
DO
DL
DO
DO
DL
B199
DL
31
LF45/55 series
200440
Unlocking using remote control.

If the door unlocking button on the remote
control unit is pressed, the remote control unit
will send a fixed-code signal to the CDS
electronic unit (D905). When the CDS
electronic unit (D905) recognises the remote
control unit on the basis of the fixed code, the
remote control unit will send coded messages
to the unit (D905). These messages are
coded with a rolling code. This rolling code will
change every time the remote control is
operated. After the CDS electronic unit (D905)
has accepted the messages, it will send a
signal to the VIC (D900). As a result, the VIC
will switch on the interior lighting for a specific
period of time.
The CDS unit (D905) now switches pin 13 to
earth. This will only activate the motor (B199).
The CDS unit (D905) checks the status of the
output to the motor (B199). This is done to
ensure that the DL connection is not
connected to earth when the motor is in the
open position. The CDS unit can deduce
from this whether the drivers side door has
been successfully unlocked. The CDS
electronic unit (D905) will then send a
message to the VIC (D900) via pin 2 stating
that the drivers side door has been
successfully unlocked. If the drivers side door
is not unlocked properly after three attempts,
a message will be sent to the VIC (D900) to
inform it that the door has not unlocked
successfully.
LF45/55 series
200440
11
2-63
11
2-64
The doors on the drivers and co-drivers

sides are locked using the remote control
unit.
When the lock doors button on the remote
control unit is pressed, a procedure starts that
is comparable to the procedure for opening
the doors.
Locking co-drivers side door using

switch C774.
connected to pin 7), an earth signal is created
at pin 3 of unit D905. D905 will now connect
pin 12 to earth, which will activate B200. This
will lock the door on the co-drivers side.
Locking the drivers side door with

key/button.
The operation is as described above, except
that unit D905 will now measure an earth
signal at pin 12 and it will connect pin 15 of
component B199 to earth. The door on the
drivers side will now also be locked.
Locking drivers side door with

key/button.
The D905 unit will measure an earth signal at
pin 15 through connection DL. D905 will now
connect pin 12 to earth, which will also
activate B200. The co-drivers side door will
now lock as well.
Conditions: both doors unlocked.
DO
DL
1000
10
D905
16
12
7
C774
14
I 0 II
30B
31
E501716
B200
alarm + diagnose
VIC
13 15
30B
DO
DL
DO
DO
DL
B199
DL
31
LF45/55 series
200440
200440
Location
68
Opening roof hatch

hatch will open.
Closing roof hatch
hatch will now close.
VARIANTS
ROOF HATCH
LF45/55 series
Initialisation
When the CDS electronic unit is supplied with
power for the first time (on installing or
replacing the electronic unit) or when new
hand-held transmitters are used (up to 8), the
unit must recognise these hand-held
transmitters. To enable the hand-held
transmitters to communicate with the CDS
unit, the unit and the hand-held transmitters
must be taught using DAVIE.
However, during the locking operation the

CDS electronic unit (D905) will connect pins
12 and 15 to earth. This will activate the
motors (B199 and B200). The CDS electronic
unit (D905) then checks the status of the
outputs to the motors (B199 and B200). It
uses this information to determine whether the
doors have been successfully locked. The
CDS unit (D905) will then send a message to
the VIC (D900) via pin 2 stating that the doors
have been successfully locked. As a result,
the VIC (D900) will switch off the interior
lighting. If the doors are not locked properly
after three attempts, a message will be sent to
the VIC (D900), stating that the locking
operation was not successful.
5
11
2-65

5
LF45/55 series
11
2-66
200440
54
55
1107
1107
56
57
31
4
58
1427090/04
60
61
738
738
DO
3
2
DL
59
B199
738
1
30B
4538
4537
62
4537
4538
733
733
63
65
4537
4538
64
B16/
797
3647
66
68
2/
737
13/
737
67
16/
737
15/
737
3647
735
735
1
4538
4537
69
C13/
745
70
735
D911
10A
B3/702
1181
E198
735
1181
3647
3647
3647
72
D900
71
73
10/
737
D905
3646
74
75
735
A021
76
77
78
8/
737
3/
737
80
II 0 I
79
81
82
14/
737
12/
737
83
84
85
5061
732
86
732
DO
3
2
DL
87
1107
88
89
B200
31
4
1
30B
90
1107
91
739
92
733
93
15A
94
A13/703
1107
1107
1000
5118
3646
3646
5118
5062
5062
5061
5061
5061
D942
735
735
735
C774
739
739
1107
1107
1107
1107
5062
5062
5061
5061
31
E028
95
96
97
98
II 0 l
99
1104
4761
1000
1010
1000
1010
100 101 102 103 104 105 106
B009
E163
736
20A
B7/701
1104
1104
1104
200440
C736
LF45/55 series
4760
5
EL001645
2-67
11
32. CDM
11
LF45/55 series

MANUAL
2-68
200440
1000
1010
1000
A8/702
G744
4/808
1000
1000
1000
E349
1
2
1/808
1000
10
4001
C841
6/808
A10/702
11
12
4001
4001
1000
13
M
A11/702
14
15
2 4
1
5
16
G353
1
1427090/04
16/
737
17
1358
955
18
735
1181
1181
1181
1240
19
A2/
884
24
E587
1
8
1181
21
23
25
B042
1
19
D940
44
41
22
1240
10A
F692
2
39
955
20
1240
D905
E091
1240
B3/702
26
A1/
884
E198
27
A12/
884
D969
D942
1181
1181
4/710
1240
1240
1240
1240
28
30
D900
C14
C
29
A9/
884
D900
C15
C
3700E
3700M
10A
1240
1240
3701E
200440
3700N
32
3701M
31
A087
32
33
A3/
884
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
1000
1010
LF45/55 series
3701N
5
EL001646
2-69
11
2/808
11
2-70
FUEL PRE-HEATING
Depending on the temperature, the ECS-DC3
electronic unit (D903) activates the fuel
heating relay (G201).
The relay supplies power to the water
separator fuel heating element (B182) through
fuse E165.
WATER SEPARATOR
The water separator sensor F692 is supplied
with power via relay G353 and fuse E091. If
the water level in the fuel filter becomes too
high, the VIC receives a signal at pin D8/746.
A warning is then indicated on the DIP
through the VIC.
Location
34
Fuel heating relay (G201):
May be placed behind the central
box.
39
VARIANTS
39. WATER SEPARATOR/FUEL PRE-HEATING
LF45/55 series
200440
1000
1010
1000
1000
E349
1
2
1/808
4/808
4001
C841
A10/702
4001
4001
10
A11/702
11
12
2 4
1
5
13
G353
14
15
B4
1427090/04
16
17
D8/
746
D900
18
B5
19
20
21
22
E035
23
720
1358
10A
4/710
1240
10A
A5/701
1211
1211
24
27
29
25
28
30
724
31
32
B2/
757
B18/
757
724
B39/
757
26
D903
D942
1211
1000
6/808
5048
9035
B5
33
15A
A6/701
1179
E091
713
954
1240
1240
1240
5049
5049
5049
714
954
F692
5048
9035
34
E165
G201
713
954
5051
5051
5051
200440
B182
39
35
954
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
1000
1010
LF45/55 series
G520
5
EL001647
2-71
11
2/808

5
LF45/55 series
11
2-72
200440

Group 5 - Electrical System

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Исходное описание:

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Group 5 - Electrical System

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

5

CHANGES IN THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 . . . . 200440

Mini relay (20 A)

CDS hand-held transmitters

1.2 TIGHTENING TORQUES

BATTERIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 . . . . 200440

ALTERNATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 . . . . 200440

SYMPTOM: BATTERY OVERFLOWS, BATTERY ACID SPILLS FROM PLUG HOLES

Siphon off some of the fluid

Check charging voltage

Replace the battery

Excessive gas development due to charging

Check charging voltage

SYMPTOM: RELATIVE DENSITY TOO LOW (<1.240)

Power consumer left on by mistake

Charge the battery

Check alternator drive

Charge the battery

Worn battery (plates corroded and worn away)

Replace the battery

Defective battery (dead cell)

Replace the battery

Battery sulphated (plates have hardened)

Replace the battery

SYMPTOM: BURNT-IN BATTERY TERMINALS

Cable clamps not securely fitted or poor contact

Have the battery terminals repaired, fit the cable

SYMPTOM: 1 OR 2 CELLS BUBBLE EXCESSIVELY UNDER HIGH LOAD

Replace the battery

Leaking cell partition

Replace the battery

SYMPTOM: BATTERY DISCHARGES VERY FAST (DOES NOT RETAIN POWER)

Check the charging. Is the charging time (driving

Short circuit in charging circuit

Check the charging circuit

Major self discharging, for example due to

Clean the battery

Battery sulphated (on examining the plates, they

Replace the battery

Wrong type of battery chosen (for example if the

Replace with battery of a higher capacity

Often too deeply discharged

Intermediate charging with rectifier

Not recharged after deep discharge

Always charge the battery after deep discharge

Alternator capacity too low

Use alternator with higher capacity (100 A)

SYMPTOM: BATTERY HAS EXPLODED

Fire or sparks during or just after charging

Ensure good ventilation and exercise due

Short circuit between the battery terminals

Exercise caution when storing conductive

Internal defect (loose connection)

Replace the battery

SYMPTOM: DEFECTIVE ALTERNATOR AND/OR DIODES (RADIO AND OTHER

SYMPTOM: BATTERY HAS NO VOLTAGE

Internal open circuit

Replace the battery

Battery very deeply discharged

Charge the battery and test it; replace if

1.2 SERVICE LIFE

The service life of a battery is significantly